Scholia on Orestes 1301–1400
Or. 1301.01 (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβος —T
TRANSLATION: As a separate section, an iambic trimeter.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72
Or. 1301.05 (vet exeg) ⟨παρὼν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν τῇ πόλει ὤν —MBOCAaPrSaGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Being present’ is) equivalent to ‘being in the city’.
POSITION: s.l. except C, above μενέλαε B
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] M, ἀντὶ C, οἷον B, ἤγουν Aa, om. others | ὤν om. O
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,3; Dind. II.291,26
Or. 1301.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρὼν⟩: ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ —F
TRANSLATION: (‘Being present’, namely,) in this city.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1301.07 (thom exeg) ⟨παρὼν⟩: ἐν Ἄργει —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Being present’, namely,) in Argos.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,26–27
Or. 1301.08 (rec gloss) ⟨οὐκ ὠφελεῖς⟩: ἤγουν οὐ βοηθεῖς —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: βοηθεῖν a.c. Mn
TRANSLATION: A metrical system of eight cola, in the form of separate section, consisting of unlike parts. The first (colon) is a pure dactylic tetrameter. The second and third and fourth and fifth are acatalectic anapaestic dimeters, but the third has as its second foot a proceleusmatic, or four-short measure, and the fifth has as its second foot a choreius. The sixth is an iambic hephthemimeres formed from chorei. The seventh is similar (to the sixth), with the third foot a choreius. The eighth is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. At the end two diplai pointing outward, one at the beginning of the colon, the other at the end.
LEMMA: τρικλ() in marg. Ta (ἡμέτερον om. T)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,15–21; de Fav. 72
COMMENT: In his description of the eighth colon Triclinius does not mention the spondee in the first foot of the second trochee. In his epitome of Hephaestion he says a spondee can occur in the even foot of a trochaic metron, but does not list it as allowable in the odd foot. He accepts the same spondaic substitution elsewhere: 1365 ἱδαῖον πα‑ (sch. 1361.01), 1389 (Ἀ)πολλωνείων (sch. 1381.01).
KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιομερές/ὁμοιομερές
Or. 1302.02 (1302–1310) (tri metr) σύστημα —T
TRANSLATION: A metrical system.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72
Or. 1302.03 (1302–1305) (mosch exeg) ⟨καίνετε … λιπόγαμον⟩: τὸ ἑξῆς φονεύετε τὴν λιποπάτορα, τὴν λιπόγαμον. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: The (syntactic) sequence is: ‘murder the woman who abandoned her father, who abandoned her marriage’.
POSITION: marg. XaXbY, s.l. XoYf
APP. CRIT.: φονεύετε] καίνετε T | λιποπάτορα] λειποπάτορα T | λιπόγαμον] λειπόγαμον T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,28
Or. 1302.05 (vet exeg) ⟨φονεύετε καίνυτε ὄλλυτε⟩: γράφεται καὶ θείνετε. —MC
TRANSLATION: The reading ‘theinete’ (‘strike’ or ‘kill’) is also found.
LEMMA: thus in text MC POSITION: s.l. M above 1303 πέμπετε (in text after φάσγαν’), intermarg. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,5
Or. 1302.06 (vet exeg) ⟨καίνυτε⟩: καινὶς γὰρ ἡ μάχαιρα. —MCY2Lb
TRANSLATION: (The root of the verb ‘kainute’ denotes ‘strike’ or ‘kill’,) for (the noun) ‘kainis’ is ‘sword’.
LEMMA: καίνυτε in text MC, καίνετε YLb POSITION: marg. MLb, s.l. Y2
APP. CRIT.: γὰρ om. Y2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,4; Dind. II.292,2
COMMENT: Cf. ps.-Hdn. Partitiones 63,20 Boissonade: καὶ καίνω, τὸ κόπτω, ὅθεν καὶ καινὶς, ἡ μάχαιρα.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1302.07 (vet exeg) ⟨καίνετε⟩: ἀποκτείνετε, ἐκ τοῦ καίνω. —B
TRANSLATION: (‘Kainete’ means) ‘kill’, from the verb ‘kainō’.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.292,1
Or. 1302.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καίνετε⟩: καίνυτε —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘kainete’, ‘kill’, there is a variant reading, the byform) ‘kainute’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: καίνοιτε Aa
Or. 1302.10 (mosch gloss) καίνετε: σφάζετε —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrOx
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. X, καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,1
Or. 1302.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨καίνετε⟩: κεντεῖτε —XXbXoT+YfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from prev. X, above ὄλλυτε Zc
APP. CRIT. 2: κεντῆτε or ‑ᾶτε Zc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,2
Or. 1302.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καίνετε⟩: κτείνετε —XaY
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Perhaps an anagrammatic error for the previous, but κτείνετε is a possible gloss for καίνετε (cf. sch. 1302.07 ἀποκτείνετε).
Or. 1302.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὄλλυτε⟩: ὄλλυται —Gr
TRANSLATION: (For imperative ‘ollute’, ‘destroy’, there is a variant reading) ‘ollutai’ (‘she is being destroyed’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1302.15 (rec gloss) ⟨ὄλλυτε⟩: φθείρετε —RZ2Zl
LEMMA: ὄλυτε in text Zl POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Z2
Or. 1303.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨δίπτυχα δίστομα⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου —Zm
TRANSLATION: (The two epithets are) in parallel (expressing the same thing).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου
Or. 1303.02 (rec exeg) ⟨δίπτυχα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὀρέστου καὶ τοῦ Πυλάδου —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Double’ swords’) because of Orestes and Pylades.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1303.03 (vet gloss) ⟨δίπτυχα⟩: τὰ δύο —MOC
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, s.l. O, intermarg. C, cont. from sch. 1302.05 without punct.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,6; Dind. II.292,3
Or. 1303.04 (vet gloss) ⟨δίπτυχα⟩: διπλὰ ἢ δύο —B
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215, app. at 6; Dind. II.292,4
Or. 1303.05 (mosch gloss) δίπτυχα: ἀντὶ τοῦ δύο —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,4
Or. 1303.06 (thom gloss) ⟨δίπτυχα⟩: διπλᾶ —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | διπλῶ Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,3
Or. 1303.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨δίστομα⟩: δύο στόματα ἑκάτερον ἔχοντα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Distoma’, ‘twin-mouthed’, that is,) each (sword) having two sharp edges (‘stomata’).
POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from prev. X; above δίπτυχα in prev. line Gr
APP. CRIT.: δύο om. XGr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,5
Or. 1303.09 (thom exeg) ⟨δίστομα⟩: διὰ τὴν ὀξύτητα —Zm2Gu
TRANSLATION: (‘Distoma’, ‘twin-mouthed’, with a mouth metaphor) because of the sharpness (of the swords).
POSITION: s.l.; cont. from sch. 1303.06 Gu, above δίπτυχα on previous line
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,3
Or. 1304.01 (vet exeg) ἐκ χερὸς ἱέμενοι: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱέντες. 2ἁπλούστερον δὲ ὡς γυναῖκες εἶπον· 3οὐδεὶς γὰρ ξίφος ἀφίησι καὶ βάλλει. 4ἢ τὸ ἱέμενοι ἀντὶ τοῦ προθυμούμενοι. || 5ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱέντες. —MBOCPrRfRwaSa, partial Rwb
TRANSLATION: (The middle participle ‘hiemenoi’ is) used for (the active participle) ‘hientes’ (‘throwing’). But as women they said (this) in a rather simple-minded way, for no one lets go of and throws a sword. Alternatively, ‘hiemenoi’ is used for ‘prothumoumenoi’ (‘showing zeal’). || Or equivalent to (active) ‘hientes’.
LEMMA: M(ϊέμενοι, as in text M)B(ἰέμενοι, as app. in text B)Rf, ἐκ χειρὸς ἰέμενοι RwaRwb REF. SYMBOL: MBPr POSITION: Rwb entered by rubricator farther down in side block area
APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ om. C | 2 ὡς αἱ C, ὡς σ M | 3 γὰρ om. PrRwaSa | βάλλει] βάθος PrSa | 4–5 ἢ τὸ κτλ om. Rwb | 4 ἢ] ἂν PrSa | τὸ ἱέμενοι ἀντὶ τοῦ om. O | τοῦ om. C | 5 ἢ ἀντὶ κτλ] MC, om. others | τοῦ om. C
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ϊέντες M, perhaps Rwa, ἰέντες BCSaRwb | 3 ξῖφος M | βάλει C | 4 ἰέμενοι BCRwa | 5 ϊέντες M, ἰέντες C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,7–9; Dind. II.292,6–8
KEYWORDS: women, nature or proper behavior of
Or. 1304.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκ χερὸς ἱέμενοι⟩: κατ’ αὐτῆς —Zb1
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καταυτῆς Zb1
Or. 1304.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἱέμενοι⟩: πέμποντες —M2AaAbFMnMtrPrRSaZZaZbZlZmTGGuCrOxB3a
LEMMA: in text ϊέ‑ M, ἰέ‑ MnRSa, a.c. F, p.c. B REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2B3a; cont. from next with καὶ F
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. AaRCrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,9
Or. 1304.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱέμενοι⟩: προθυμούμενοι —FB3d
LEMMA: in text ἰέμενοι a.c. F, p.c. B POSITION: s.l. F, marg. B3d
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F | προθυμούμενοι deleted in F
Or. 1304.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἱέμενοι⟩: ἀφιέντες —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrOx2
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox2
APP. CRIT.: ἀφέντες Y | after ἀφιέντες add. ἐκ χειρός T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,9
Or. 1304.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱέμενοι⟩: καὶ ἀποπέμποντες —Mtr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: partly crossed out (unclear whether scribe intended to delete ἀπο or whole gloss)
Or. 1305.01 (tri etaGloss) ⟨τὰν … τὰν⟩: τὴν … τὴν —T
LEMMA: second τὰν in text T after λειποπάτορα POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1305.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰν λιποπάτορα λιπόγαμον⟩: τὴν καταλείψασαν τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς —Ab
TRANSLATION: (‘Tan lipopatora lipogamon’ means) the woman who abandoned her fatherland and her husband.
LEMMA: in text λειπόπ‑, ι s.l.; λιπόγ‑, ει s.l. Ab POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: κατὰ λείψασα Ab | ἅνδρα a.c. or p.c. Ab
Or. 1305.03 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰν λιποπάτορα⟩: τὴν καταλείψασαν τὴν πατρίδα —FMnCrOx
TRANSLATION: (‘Tan lipopatora’ means) the woman who abandoned her fatherland.
LEMMA: in text τὰν om. F, p.c. Cr; λειποπάτραν CrOx POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1305.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὰν λιποπάτορα⟩: τὴν καταλιποῦσαν τὸν ἑαυτῆς πατέρα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Tan lipopatora’ means) the woman who abandoned her own father.
LEMMA: λειπο‑ in text T POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYfGGu; cont. from sch. 1302.03 with ἤγουν T
APP. CRIT. 2: κατὰ Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,29
Or. 1305.05 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰν λειποπάτορα⟩: τὴν τὸν πατέρα ἢ τὴν πατρίδα λιποῦσαν —ZZaZbZlZmT
TRANSLATION: (‘Tan leipopatora’ means) the woman who left her father or her fatherland.
LEMMA: thus in text all, Zm with ι above ει POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: app. ἢ τὴν πατρίδα erased and replaced with horizontal stroke Zm | ἢ] καὶ T | λιποῦσαν om. ZZa
APP. CRIT. 2: λειποῦσαν Zl
Or. 1305.06 (rec exeg) ⟨λιποπάτορα⟩: λειποπάτορα —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘lipopatora’ there is a variant reading) ‘leipopatora’ (‘father-leaving’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1305.07 (rec gloss) ⟨λιποπάτορα⟩: εἰς —FMnSaB3a
LEMMA: only Mn has article before λιποπ‑ POSITION: s.l. FSa, s.l. above τ’ἂν (sic) Mn, marg. B3a
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F | τὴν add. Sa
Or. 1305.08 (rec exeg) ⟨λιπόγαμον⟩: λειπόγαμον —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘lipogamon’ there is a variant reading) ‘leipogamon’ (‘marriage-leaving’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1305.09 (rec paraphr) ⟨λιπόγαμον⟩: τὴν καταλείψασαν ⟨τὸν γάμον⟩ ἤγουν τὸν ἄνδρα —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1305.11 (mosch paraphr) ⟨λιπόγαμον⟩: τὴν καταλιποῦσαν τὸν ἑαυτῆς ἄνδρα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZmGu
LEMMA: λειπο‑ in text TZm(ι s.l.) POSITION: s.l. except XTYGr, cont. from sch. 1305.04 T
APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. Y | ἄνδρα ἑαυτῆς transp. Zm | ἄνδρα] γάμον T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.291,29–30
Or. 1305.14 (rec exeg) ⟨λειπόγαμον⟩: λιπόγαμον —R
TRANSLATION: (For ‘leipogamon’ there is a variant reading) ‘lipogamon’ (‘marriage-leaving’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1305.15 (rec paraphr) ⟨λειπόγαμον⟩: ἀφεὶς τὸν ἄνδρα —R
LEMMA: thus in text R, ι above ει POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1305.16 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨λειπόγαμον⟩: τὴν τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς λιποῦσαν —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: λειποῦσαν Zl
COLLATION NOTES: check Zl images when back online
Or. 1305.17 (1305–1307) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἃ πλείστους ἔκτανεν Ἑλλάνων δορὶ⟩: ἣ αἰτία ἐγένετο φονευθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ —X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,12 and 14
Or. 1306.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ἔκανεν⟩: γρ. ἔκτανεν. —ZZaZl
TRANSLATION: (For ‘ekanen’, ‘she killed’,) the variant reading ‘ektanen’ (also ‘she killed’) is found.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1306.02 (vetThom gloss) ⟨ἔκανεν⟩: ἐφόνευσεν —MPrSaZZaZlZmTGuCrOx
LEMMA: ἔκτανεν MZmT, p.c. Gr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,10; Dind. II.292,12–13
Or. 1306.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἔκτανεν⟩: ἔκανεν —Zm
TRANSLATION: (For ‘ektanen’, ‘she killed’,) the reading ‘ekanen’ (also ‘she killed’) is found.
REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: marg.
Or. 1306.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἔκτανεν⟩: αἰτία γέγονε φονευθῆναι αὐτούς —XaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘Killed’ in the sense that) she became the cause of their being slain.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,12
Or. 1306.06 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨Ἑλλάνων⟩: Ἑλλήνων —AaF2MnSaXbXoTZm
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶν prep. F2
Or. 1307.02 (mosch gloss) ⟨δορὶ⟩: ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ —XaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,14
Or. 1307.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨παρὰ ποταμὸν⟩: εἰς τὸν Ξάνθον —B3a
TRANSLATION: (‘By the river’ means) at the Xanthus.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.292,14
Or. 1307.06 (rec exeg) ⟨ποταμὸν⟩: τὸν Ξάνθον τὸν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ —AaMnPrSaGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Potamon’, ‘river’, that is,) the Xanthus in Troy.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ Ξάνθον AaGu
Or. 1307.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ποταμὸν⟩: τὸν παρα⟨ρ⟩ρέοντα τῇ Τροίᾳ Ξάνθον ποταμὸν —F
TRANSLATION: (‘Potamon’, ‘river’, that is,) the river Xanthus that flows by Troy.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ambig. whether τὴν τροία⟨ν⟩ F
Or. 1307.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ποταμὸν⟩: τὸν Σκάμανδρον —RfCrOx
TRANSLATION: (‘Potamon’, ‘river’, that is,) the Scamander.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. Rf
Or. 1307.09 (mosch exeg) ποταμὸν: τὸν Σιμόεντα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
TRANSLATION: (‘Potamon’, ‘river’, that is,) the Simoeis.
LEMMA: παρὰ ποταμὸν X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τὸν om. G
Or. 1307.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ποταμὸν⟩: τὸ ποταμὸν καὶ τὸ [1310] ‘Σκαμάνδρου δίνας’ ταυτόν ἐστιν. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: ‘River’ and ‘eddies of Scamander’ refer to the same thing.
LEMMA: ποταμῶν in text Zl REF. SYMBOL: ZZa POSITION: marg. Za
APP. CRIT.: ποταμῶν Zl | ταυτόν ἐστιν washed out Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,15–16
KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα
Or. 1307.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλλυμένους⟩: καὶ φθειρομένους —YfGCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. G
Or. 1308.01 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὅθι⟩: ὅπου —FMnMtXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*CrOxB3a
POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3a
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FCrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.292,17
Or. 1309.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἔπεσε⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ συνέπεσεν —MBCAb
TRANSLATION: (‘Epese’, ‘fell’, is) used for ‘sunepesen’ (‘fall in with‘ or ‘happen’).
POSITION: marg. MBAb, s.l. C
APP. CRIT. 2: συνέπεσε C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,11; Dind. II.292,19
Or. 1309.02 (rec exeg) ⟨συνέπεσε⟩: ἔπεσε —Sa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘sunepese’, ‘fall in with’, ‘happen’, there is a variant reading) ‘epese’ (‘fell’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1309.04 (rec gloss) ⟨συνέπεσεν⟩: συνεμίγησαν —Rf
LEMMA: thus in text Rw POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,20
Or. 1309.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨συνέπεσεν⟩: συνῆλθον —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcCrOx
LEMMA: in text ‑πεσον Xo, ‑πεσε GCrOx, ‑πεσ’ Zc POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,19
Or. 1309.07 (1309–1310) (mosch gloss) ⟨σιδαρέοισι βέλεσιν⟩: διὰ σιδηρῶν βελῶν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l. except marg. X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,20–21
Or. 1310.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Σκαμάνδρου⟩: Σκάμανδρος καὶ Σιμόεις ποταμοὶ οἵτινες πλησίον τῆς Τροίας παραρρέουσιν. —Sa
TRANSLATION: Scamander and Simoeis are rivers which flow by near Troy.
Or. 1310.03 (rec exeg) ⟨Σκαμάνδρου⟩: Σκάμανδρος καὶ Σιμόεις ποταμοὶ τὴν Τροίαν παραρρέοντες —Pr
TRANSLATION: Scamander and Simoeis are rivers flowing by Troy.
REF. SYMBOL: Pr
Or. 1310.11 (tri metr) diple pointing outward on each side of verse —T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 72
TRANSLATION: The following groups of lines consist of 48 acatalectic iambic trimerters, of which the last is [1360] ‘for I know some occurrences, but others not clearly’. After the 42nd (trimeter) [1352], three (lyric) cola [1353–1354]. The first is an acatalectic ionic a maiore trimeter, formed from an iambic syzygy and two second paeons in place of ionic. The second is a pure hypercatalectic antispastic monometer. The third is a catalectic ionic trimeter, formed from an ionic a minore, diiamb, and dactyl. At the section-breaks [1343] a paragraphos, and at the end [1360] a coronis.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,22–29; de Fav. 72–73
COMMENT: Triclinius comes to a total of 51 verses (48 + 3) because 1353 is laid out as two lines (as it is, with a different division, in Diggle). He turns 1357–1358 into trimeters, so the only lyric cola left to be analyzed are 1353–1354. | Note that 1353–1360 are included in this section because in the mss they were a continuation of Electra’s speech and were not assigned to the chorus until Hermann 1841: 131 on his verse 1336. (Kirchhoff credited Seidler with assigning the lines to the chorus because he misinterpreted Hermann’s note. Hermann acknowledged Seidler 1811–1812: 324 for recognizing responsion at a distance between 1353–1365 and 1537–1548, but his last sentence ‘Tributa erat Electrae’ forms a separate remark referring to the predecessors of his own edition.)
KEYWORDS: ἀπόθεσις/ἀποθετικόν
Or. 1311.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κτύπον⟩: κτύπου —As
TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘ktupon’, ‘noise, footfall’, there is a variant reading, genitive) ‘ktupou’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1311.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τινός⟩: ἀνθρώπου —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcMt2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,22
Or. 1312.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨κέλευθον⟩: κατὰ τὴν —AaAbRMt2XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrB3a
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Mt2B3a
Or. 1312.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εἰσπεσόντος⟩: εἰσελθόντος —F2Lb
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,23
Or. 1312.12 (thom gloss) ⟨εἰσπεσόντος⟩: ἐκείνου —ZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,23
Or. 1312.13 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμφὶ δώματα⟩: τὴν περὶ τὰ δώματα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGMt2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: δώματα om. GMt2
Or. 1313.01 (1313–1315) (rec wdord) word order α(?) (γυναῖκες), β (ἑρμιόνη), γ (φίλταται), δ (εἰς μέσον φόνον), ε (δικτύων βρόχους) —Mn
Or. 1313.03 (mosch exeg) ⟨εἰς μέσον φόνον⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς τὸ μέσον τοῦ φόνου, ἢ εἴσω τοῦ φόνου —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrGuMt2
TRANSLATION: (‘Eis meson phonon’, ‘into middle murder’ is) used for ‘into the midst of the murder’, or ‘inside the murder’.
POSITION: s.l. except XYGr
APP. CRIT.: εἰς μέσον φόνον prep. T | ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰς and μέσον τοῦ φόνου om. G, leaving εἰς and μέσον to be understood from text | ἢ] ἤγουν XTYfG | περιφραστικῶς add. Arsen.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,24–25
KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν
Or. 1313.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς μέσον φόνον⟩: εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τὰς ἡμετέρας —B3a
TRANSLATION: (‘Eis meson phonon’, ‘into middle murder’ means) ‘into our hands’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: χείρας B3a
Or. 1313.05 (thom gloss) ⟨φόνον⟩: τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: app. αὐτοῦ a.c. Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,25–26
Or. 1314.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἥδ’⟩: δεικτικῶς —G
TRANSLATION: (The pronoun ‘hēd’ ’ is used) deictically.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: δεικτικόν/δεικτικῶς
Or. 1314.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βοήν⟩: βοῆς —Gu
TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘boēn’ there is a variant, genitive) ‘boēs’ (‘loud cry’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1314.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βοῆς⟩: τῶν πολλ[ῶν] λό[γων](?) —Zl
LEMMA: thus in text Zl POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: check Zl images when back online
Or. 1315.01 (mosch paraphr) ⟨στείχει γὰρ εἰσπεσοῦσα βρόχους⟩: στείχουσα γὰρ πίπτει εἰς βρόχους δικτύων. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcMt2
POSITION: s.l. except XY
APP. CRIT.: στείχ. γὰρ om. Zc | εἰσπίπτει Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,27–28
Or. 1315.07 (vet exeg) ⟨δικτύων βρόχους⟩: περιφραστικῶς εἰς τὰ δίκτυα —MBOCMnPrSaGGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Nooses of the nets’,) periphrastically, ‘into the hunting-nets’.
POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. MnPrSaGGu; above 1313 Mn
APP. CRIT.: περιφρ.] transp. to end B, ἀντὶ τοῦ Aa, om. Gu | εἰς om. OG | τὰ om. Gu | δίκτυα] δίκαια τοῦ φόνου Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,12; Dind. II.292,29
KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν
Or. 1315.08 (thom exeg) ⟨δικτύων βρόχους⟩: ἤγουν εἰς σύλληψιν ἄφυκτον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Nooses of the nets’,) that is, into an inescapable capture.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. ZaZlGu
APP. CRIT. 2: σύληψιν a.c. Gu | ἄφικτον ZZa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,29–30
Or. 1316.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἁλῷ⟩: κρατηθῇ —Aa3AbFMnPrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2ZcCrOx
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FCrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: κατηθῆναι a.c. Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,31
Or. 1316.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἁλῷ⟩: ἀγρευθῇ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀγευθῆ Yf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.292,31
Or. 1317.01 (1317–1318) (vet exeg) πάλιν κατάστητε: ἐν καταστάσει γίνεσθε καὶ μὴ θορυβεῖσθε. —MBCMnPrRwSSaG
TRANSLATION: (‘Palin katastēte’, ‘set yourselves again’, that is,) ‘be in a settled condition and do not be troubled’.
LEMMA: BRw REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: marg. M, s.l. CPrSa, intermarg. G
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. MnPrSa, ἤγουν prep. G | καὶ om. G | θορυβεῖτε MnS
APP. CRIT. 2: γίνεσθαι a.c. Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,13; Dind. II.293,1
Or. 1317.02 (1317–1318) (vet exeg) πάλιν κατάστηθ’: 1ἀναδράμετε, φησὶν, εἰς τὴν προτέραν κατάστασιν τῆς ὄψεως 2καὶ τὸ μὲν ὄμμα κατεστυγνακὸς ἔχετε, τὸ δὲ πρόσωπον ἀνύποπτον τῶν πεπραγμένων χάριν, 3τουτέστι προσποιεῖσθε καὶ νῦν κατηφεῖς εἶναι καὶ λυπεῖσθαι ὡς πρὸ τούτου διὰ τὸν Ὀρέστην, 4ἵνα μὴ περιχαρεῖς ὑμᾶς ὁρῶσα συνῇ τὸ κατὰ τῆς Ἑλένης πραττόμενον. —MBCMnRfRwS
TRANSLATION: Return, she says, to the previous settled state of your visage and keep your expression saddened and your face raising no suspicion regarding what has been done; that is to say, pretend even now to be despondent and to be pained as before because of Orestes, so that she (Hermione) not see you full of joy and realize what is being done against Helen.
LEMMA: M, πάλιν κατάστητε Rf REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from prev. BMnRwS, from sch. 1315.07 C(sep. by high dot)
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀναδράμετε] ἄνδρα. μένετε MnS (ἄνδρα punct. as last word of prev.) | εἰς om. Rw | 3 εἶναι om. Rw | ὡς πρὸ τούτου om. BRfRwS | ὡς] καὶ M | πρὸς MC | 4 ἡμᾶς MnRwS(ημᾶς) | τὸ … πραττόμενον] τὸν … πραττόμενον φόνον BRw | κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς ἑλένης BMnS, κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς Rw, κατὰ τὴν ἑλένην Rf
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀναδράμετέ φησι BRw | 2 κατεστυγναχὸς Rw, κατεστυγνακῶς Mn, καταστυγνωκὸς Arsen. (MeMuPh(‑κὼς, ‑κος s.l.), edd. through Matthiae) | 3 τοῦτέστι B, τουτέστιν Mn | πρὸσποιεῖσθε M, προσποιεῖσθαι s.l. Rf | κατηφεὶς Mn | λυπεῖσθε MCMn | 4 περιχαρὴς Mn | συνῆ initially written before ὁρῶσα, but crossed out Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,14–18; Dind. II.293,2–6
Or. 1317.03 (1317–1318) (mosch exeg) πάλιν κατάστητε: 1πάλιν κατάστητε ὥσπερ πρότερον, πρὸ τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὴν δηλονότι, 2ἐν ἡσύχῳ μὲν ὄμματι, ἤγουν ἀταράχῳ, ὡς ἀνελπίστως ἔχουσαι δηλονότι καὶ ἠπορημέναι, 3καὶ ἐν χροιᾷ ἀδήλῳ, ἤγουν ἀνυπόπτῳ, ἕνεκα τῶν πεπραγμένων. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2, partial Gu
TRANSLATION: Be in a settled condition again, just as previously, before she arrived, clearly, with a calm visage, that is, free of disturbance, as if being without hope, clearly, and at a total loss, and with your complexion revealing nothing, that is, raising no suspicion in regard to what has been done.
LEMMA: G POSITION: s.l. XbXoGu; Xb starts over line, from ὄμματι on finished in margin block; 1 s.l., 2–3 sep. in side block XoG (G with lemma in side block)
APP. CRIT.: 1 πάλιν κατάστητε om. Gu | 2–3 ἐν ἡσύχῳ κτλ om. Gu | 2 ὄμματι] ὀνόματι Mt2
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 δῆλον ὅτι G | 2 ἔχουσ* Gr (ἔχουσα?), corr. Gu | δῆλον ὅτι G | 3 δήλῳ Gr, corr. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,6–9
Or. 1317.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάλιν κατάστηθ’⟩: εἰς τὴν προτέραν κατάστασιν —AaMt3
TRANSLATION: (‘Be settled again’, that is,) into your previous state.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1317.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πάλιν κατάστηθ’⟩: τουτέστιν εὐτάκτως καὶ μὴ μετὰ θορύβου —Zl
TRANSLATION: (‘Be settled again’,) that is to say, in good order and without (showing) disturbance.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1317.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατάστηθ’⟩: κατάστασιν λάβετε —Zb2Mt3
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: λάβεται Mt3
Or. 1317.08 (thom gloss) ⟨κατάστηθ’⟩: ἐν καταστάσει γένεσθε —ZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: γένεσθαι Zm, γενεσθω a.c. Gu
Or. 1317.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἡσύχῳ μέν ὄμματι⟩: ἤγουν ἐν ὄψει εὐκόσμῳ καὶ καταστάσει [ ca. 9+ letters ] —Zl
POSITION: s.l. above 1318 χρ. δ’ ἀδήλῳ Zl
APP. CRIT.: ending washed out or too faint to decipher
COMMENT: I have assigned this to 1317 because it apparently does not explain ἀδήλῳ and because ὄψει suits ὄμματι. Note, however, that ὄψει appears as gloss on χροιᾷ in sch. 1318.03.
Or. 1318.01 (vet exeg) χρόᾳ τ’ ἀδήλῳ: τῇ προσώπου διαθέσει ἀνυπόπτως —BCRf
TRANSLATION: (‘Complexion revealing nothing’ means) ‘in a manner raising no suspicion by the disposition of your face’.
LEMMA: Rf POSITION: intermarg. B, s.l. C
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ prep. C, ἤγουν ἐν prep. Rf | τοῦ add. before προσ. Rf | ἀνυπόπτως om. Rf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,10
Or. 1318.02 (rec exeg) ⟨χροιᾷ⟩: γρ. χρόᾳ. —F2Mn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘chroiāi’, ‘skin, complexion’, with circumflex on ultima) the reading ‘chroāi’ (‘skin’, with acute on penult) is found.
LEMMA: in text χρόα a.c. Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. F2 (unless washed out)
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1318.03 (rec gloss) ⟨χροιᾷ⟩: ὄψει —AbMn
LEMMA: in text χρόα a.c. Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῆ prep. Ab
Or. 1318.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨χρόᾳ⟩: ἐν χροιᾷ —GMtr
LEMMA: in text χροιᾶ p.c. Mt POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: χρ. om. Mtr
Or. 1318.07 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀδήλῳ⟩: ζοφώδει καὶ ἀφανεῖ χαρᾶς —ZmGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Adēlōi’, ‘unclear’, in the sense) ‘gloomy and not revealing delight’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι prep. Zm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,10–11
Or. 1318.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀδήλῳ⟩: ἀνυπόπτῳ —KT+YGGuZcMt2Ox2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,11
Or. 1318.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τῶν πεπραγμένων πέρι⟩: γράφεται τῶν δεδραμένων ὕπερ. —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘tōn pepragmenōn peri’, ‘concerning the things done’,) the reading ‘tōn dedramenōn huper’ (with the same meaning) is found.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1318.13 (rec exeg) ⟨πεπραγμένων⟩: δεδρα{γ}μένων —Sa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘pepragmenōn’, ‘things done’, there is variant reading) ‘dedramenōn’ (with the same meaning).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1318.15 (rec exeg) ⟨δεδραμένων⟩: γρ. πεπραγμένων. —B2MnGr
TRANSLATION: (For ‘dedramenōn’, ‘things done’,) the reading ‘pepragmenōn’ (with the same meaning) is found.
LEMMA: thus in text BMBGr POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: γρ. om. B2
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1318.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πέρι⟩: ὕπερ —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘peri’, ‘concerning’, there is a variant reading) ‘huper’ (with the same meaning).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1318.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ὕπερ⟩: πέρι —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘huper’, ‘concerning’, there is a variant reading) ‘peri’ (with the same meaning).
LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: περὶ Mn
Or. 1318.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨πέρι⟩: ἕνεκα —T+GGu
POSITION: s.l., above τῶν G
COMMENT: Marked as Moschopulean because extracted from. sch. 1317.03.
Or. 1319.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σκυθρωποὺς⟩: κατηφεῖς —AaMt3ZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1319.05 (pllgn gram) ⟨σκυθρωποὺς⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ Σκύθης —Aa
TRANSLATION: (‘Skuthrōpous’, ‘grim-faced’, is derived) from ‘Skuthēs’ (‘Scythian’).
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The more common etymologies give a choice between deriving from σκύζω or from χύτρα (e.g., Et. Magn. 720,10ff.), but for the connection to Scythians cf. Et. Gud. σ 505 Sturz σκυθρωπὸς, στυγνὸς, ἔνθεν καὶ σκυθωπάσαι καὶ πλεονασμῷ τοῦ ρ, σκυθρωπάσαι, παρὰ τοῖς Σκύθοις [read παρὰ τὸ Σκύθαι?], οἵτινες ὀργιλώτατοι ὄντες, τὸ ἐπισκύνιον, ὅ ἐστι δέρμα τοῦ προσώπου καθέλκουσι, τουτ’ἔστι συστέλλουσι; and the play on words in Eust. Comm. in Dion. Perieg. 589,4–7 καὶ οὕτω διὰ τὸ καθαρὸν τῆς φαύσεως χρυσοῦς εἶναί πως δοκεῖ ὁ ἥλιος, οὐ μὴν σκυθρωπὸς, καθὰ παρὰ Σκύθαις διὰ τὴν τοῦ Κρονίου πόντου συννέφειαν.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1320.05 (mosch gloss) οὐκ εἰδυῖα: οὐ γινώσκουσα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGuZb2Mt2ZlCrOx
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: οὐ] καὶ CrOx, om. GuZl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,12
Or. 1320.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨τἀξειργασμένα⟩: τὰ γεγενημένα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGuMt2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Mt2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,12
Or. 1321.01 (thom exeg) ⟨ὦ παρθέν’⟩: παρεπιγραφή —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Parepigraphe (implicit stage direction indicating that Hermione has arrived).
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Z
KEYWORDS: παρεπιγραφή
Or. 1321.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨ἥκει τὸν Κλυταιμνήστρας τάφον⟩: ἤγουν ἐκ τοῦ τάφου τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας —Mn
POSITION: s.l. above κλυτ. τάφον Mn
COMMENT: It is hard to decide whether this was meant only for ἥκεις, despite its placement, or is an implausible paraphrase of the accusative phrase arising from the short-sighted reading of 1321 without looking ahead to 1322.
Or. 1321.04 (mosch gloss) ἥκεις: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀφίκου —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr, perhaps F2
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. F2G | F2 faint and uncertain
Or. 1322.01 (thom exeg) ⟨στέψασα⟩: διὰ τοῦ τῆς μητρὸς πλοκάμου —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Crowning, adorning’) with her mother’s (Helen’s) lock of hair.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ] τοῦτο Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,14–15
Or. 1322.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨στέψασα⟩: τιμήσασα —AaMnMt3PrRfSaZmGu
POSITION: s.l.; cont. from sch. 1322.01 Gu, perhaps Zm (ambig. placed)
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. MnMt3PrSa
Or. 1322.04 (mosch gloss) στέψασα: κοσμήσασα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2CrOx
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Mt2
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,14
Or. 1322.06 (rec gloss) ⟨σπείσασα⟩: θύσασα —AaFMnMt3PrRSaY2Gu2
POSITION: s.l., above στέψασα Mn
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. R | δύσασα Sa
Or. 1322.07 (rec gloss) ⟨σπείσασα⟩: θυσιάσασα —RfGCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,15
Or. 1322.11 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨νερτέροις χοάς⟩: τοῖς κάτω ἁρμοδίους θυσίας —G
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: For the alternative usage of ἁρμόδιος as a two-ending adjective (neglected by LSJ and BDAG), DGE cites ps.-Longinus 12.5 (where ἁρμόδιος agrees with the implicit subject χύσις), and the usage is in fact more widespread: e.g., Hippocrates, Epist. 16,29 [9:344 Littré] has ἡ ὥρη τοῦ ἔτεος ἁρμόδιος; Heliodorus, Aegypt. 10.9.5 ἁρμόδιος τῇ θυσίᾳ φανεῖσα; Cyranides 1.1,120–121 ἁρμόδιοι σπληνικοῖς μάλιστα αἱ ῥίζαι. καὶ πᾶσα δὲ ἡ βοτάνη ἁρμόδιος ἐπιληπτικοῖς καὶ σκοτωματικοῖς.
Or. 1322.14 (mosch gloss) ⟨νερτέροις⟩: τοῖς κάτω —XXaXbXoT+YfGrZcMt2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,15
Or. 1322.17 (thom exeg) ⟨χοάς⟩: ἃς ἔθος τοῖς νεκροῖς πέμπεσθαι —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Libations’) which are customarily sent to the dead.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἃ Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,16
Or. 1323.01 (vet exeg) ἥκω λαβοῦσα πρευμένειαν: 1ἦλθον, φησὶν, ἐξευμενισαμένη τὴν ψυχὴν Κλυταιμνήστρας. 2παρὰ δὲ τὸ πρᾶον καὶ εὐμενές συντέθειται τὸ ὄνομα, ἀντὶ τοῦ πραευμενής. —MBCMnRfRwS, partial PrSa
TRANSLATION: I have come, she says, having propitiated the soul of Clytemnestra. The word (‘preumenēs’, from which ‘preumeneia’, ‘gentleness of temper’, is derived) is formed as a compound of ‘praos’ (‘gentle’) and ‘eumenes’ (‘kindly-disposed’), in place of ‘praeumenēs’.
LEMMA: MRf, ἥκω λαβοῦσα BMnRwS REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: s.l. Pr Sa
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἦλθον, φησὶν om. MCRf, φησὶν om. PrSa | τὴν ψυχὴν] τὸν τάφον Arsen. (MePh; edd. through Matthiae] | τῆς κλυτ. MnRwS (edd. before Schw.) | after κλυτ. add. ἦν Mn, probably crossed out | 2 παρὰ δὲ κτλ om. PrSa | περὶ CMnS | δὲ om. RwS | ἀντὶ τοῦ om. MnS, τοῦ om. C | πραευμενὴς Rf, πραϋμενής MB, app. Rw, πραϋμενές C, πρευμένειαν MnS
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξευμενησαμένη Mn | 2 συντέθηται M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,19–21; Dind. II.293,17–19
COMMENT: The noun πρευμένεια is extant only in this line and the scholia on it. The poetic adjective πρευμενής is fairly common. For the second sentence cf. sch. vet. Hec. 538 πρευμενὴς: πρᾶος εὐμενής· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν δύο σύγκειται ἡ λέξις; Sch. vet. Lycophr. 1055a Leone πρευμενεῖς οἱ ἄγαν εὐμενεῖς· σύγκειται δὲ ἡ λέξις ἀπὸ τοῦ πρᾷον καὶ τοῦ εὐμενές; the same etymology in Et. Magn. 687,1–2 πρευμενής: ὁ ἄγαν εὐμενής· ἀπὸ τοῦ πραῢ μένος ἔχειν· ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ πρᾶος καὶ εὐμενής, and in scholia on other authors.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1323.02 (recTri gloss) ⟨ἥκω⟩: ἦλθον —F2MnMt3TCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1323.03 (rec exeg) ⟨λαβοῦσα πρευμένειαν⟩: ἐκ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας —Mn, perhaps Ab
TRANSLATION: (‘Having obtained a kindly disposition’) from Clytemnestra.
POSITION: s.l.; above 1321 κλυταιμνήστρας Ab
APP. CRIT.: Κλυταιμνήστρας om. Ab
COMMENT: Ab has ἐκ τῆς as a gloss on 1321. Either it is an unfinished (for some reason) version of this item displaced from 1323, or it belongs to 1321 and is an oddly truncated version of sch. 1321.03.
Or. 1323.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λαβοῦσα πρευμένειαν⟩: ἐξευμενισάμενη τὴν ψυχὴν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας —F
TRANSLATION: (‘Having obtained a kindly disposition’, that is,) having propiated the soul of Clytemnestra.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1323.07 (vet exeg) ⟨πρευμένειαν⟩: πραεῖαν εὐμένειαν —MCRfB3a
TRANSLATION: (‘Preumeneian’ is) ‘praeian eumeneian’ (‘gentle good will’).
POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B3a, s.l. Rf; cont. from sch. 1323.01 C, cont, from sch. 1323.10 B3a
APP. CRIT.: πραεῖα C, om. B3a | εὐμένειαν om. Rf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,22; Dind. II.293,19–20 with app.
COMMENT: See comment on sch. 1323.01.
Or. 1323.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨πρευμένειαν⟩: συγχώρησιν· ἐξευμενισάμενος τὴν ψυχὴν τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Kindly disposition’, that is,) ‘indulgence, forgiveness’; (the whole phase means) ‘having propiated the soul of Clytemnestra’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1323.09 (thom exeg) ⟨πρευμένειαν⟩: ἱλασμὸν πατρὶ καὶ μητρί —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Kindly disposition’, that is,) ‘propitiation for my father and mother’ (Menelaus and Helen).
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,20
Or. 1323.10 (rec gloss) ⟨πρευμένειαν⟩: πραότητα —AaMt3RB3a
REF. SYMBOL: B3a POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B3a
APP. CRIT. 2: πραότηταν Aa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,19
Or. 1323.12 (thom gloss) ⟨πρευμένειαν⟩: συμπάθειαν —ZZbZlZmTGuAaGMt3B3a
POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B3a, cont. from sch. 1323.07 B3a
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,20
Or. 1323.14 (pllgnTri exeg) ⟨με⟩: μοι —GuT
TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘me’ there is a variant reading) ‘moi’ (dative ‘to me’ as object of ‘entered into’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1323.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨μοι⟩: με —ZmB3d
TRANSLATION: (For dative ‘moi’, ‘to me’, there is a variant reading) ‘me’ (accusative as object of ‘entered into’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1324.01 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨εἰσελήλυθ᾽⟩: εἰσῆλθεν ἐμοί —F2T
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐμοί om. F2
Or. 1324.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ἥντιν’ ἐν δόμοις⟩: δέον εἰπεῖν πρὸς τὸ φόβος βοὴ ἥντινα κλύω, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἥντινα προύθηκε, πρὸς τοῦτο καὶ τὸ βοήν ἐπήγαγεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Although she should have said ‘the cry (in nominative case, as predicate noun) which I hear’ to agree with (nominative) ‘fear’, (instead) since she placed (accusative) ‘which’ first, in agreement with this she added thereafter ‘cry’ also (in the accusative case).
REF. SYMBOL: at φόβος ZZa POSITION: s.l. Gu
APP. CRIT.: βοὴ] βοὴν Za [Zl] | third τὸ om. Zm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,22–23
COMMENT: This explanation is meant to counter the view that διὰ needs to be supplied with βόην (as already in older sch. 1324.06, 1325.01, 1325.13–14 and as followed by Moschopulus in sch. 1324.05).
COLLATION NOTES: check Zl image when back online
Or. 1324.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἥντιν’ ἐν δόμοις⟩: διὰ τὴν βοὴν, ἥντινα ἤκουσα ἐν τοῖς δόμοις —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except XGr; cont. from sch. 1324.02 G
APP. CRIT.: ἣν G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.293,21–22
Or. 1325.01 (vet exeg) τηλουρὸς οὖσα: 1μακρὰν, τῆλε τῶν ὁρίων οὖσα τῆς οἰκίας. 2ἐν γὰρ τῷ τάφῳ τῆς Κλυταιμνήστρας ἦν. 3ὁ δὲ λόγος· ἀλλὰ περίφοβος γέγονα διὰ τὴν γενομένην βοὴν ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις, ἣν ἤκουσα πόρρω οὖσα. —MBCMnRwS
TRANSLATION: (Being ‘tēlouros’, that is,) being far, ‘tēle’, from the boundaries (‘horia‘) of the house. For she was at the grave of Clytemnestra. The sense of the passage is: But I became fearful because of the cry that occurred in the house, which I heard while being at a distance.
LEMMA: MC, τηλουρὸς BRf REF. SYMBOL: MB
APP. CRIT.: 1 μακρὰν] πόρρω οὖσα, ἤτοι BRw, ⟨ἤ⟩τοι MnS | οὖσα om. BMnRwS | 3 ἀλλὰ om. Rw | γεναμένην C | ἦν] ἤγουν Rw | οὖσα om. S
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τῆλε] τῆρε Rw | ὀρίων MB
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,23–25; Dind. II.293,24–27 with app.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1325.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τηλουρὸς⟩: καὶ ἔξωθεν τῶν ὁρίων οὖσα —R
TRANSLATION: (‘Tēlouros’) and outside the boundaries (‘horia‘) of the house.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὁρίων] ὀρο R
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1325.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τηλουρὸς⟩: τῆλε τῶν ὁρίων τῆς οἰκίας —Gu2
TRANSLATION: (‘Tēlouros’, that is,) far (‘tēle’) from the boundaries of the house.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1325.04 (recMosch gloss) τηλουρὸς: ἀντὶ τοῦ πόρρω —M2AbMnXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. M2AbMnGZc
Or. 1325.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨τηλουρὸς⟩: μακρὰν —PrSaZZaZbZlZmTGGuF2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | μακρὸς PrSa, μακρὰ p.c. Zm | οὖσα add. G
Or. 1325.13 (vet exeg) ⟨βοήν⟩: λείπει ἡ διά· διὰ τὴν βοήν. —MBC
TRANSLATION: (With accusative ‘boēn’, ‘cry’,) the (proposition) ‘dia’ (‘because of’) is to be understood: ‘because of the cry’.
REF. SYMBOL: M (at κλύω) POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,27; Dind. II.293,27
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1325.14 (rec gloss) ⟨βοήν⟩: διὰ τὴν —AaAbFMnMt2Mt3PrSaGuB3a
POSITION: s.l.; misplaced above 1324 ἥντιν’ Mt2
APP. CRIT.: τὴν om. AaAbMnB3a
Or. 1326.01 (mosch exeg) ⟨τί δ’; ἄξι’ ἡμῖν τυγχάνει στεναγμάτων⟩: 1τί δὲ ἥρμοζεν ἄλλο; 2τὰ πράγματα ἡμῖν ἄξια στεναγμάτων τυγχάνει. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr, partial Aa2
TRANSLATION: And what else was proper? The situation in fact is deserving of lamentations for us.
LEMMA: τάδ’ for τί δ’ in text G POSITION: s.l. except XTGrAa2
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἢ prep. G | after ἥρμ. add. δηλονότι Aa2 | 2 τὰ πράγματα κτλ om. Aa2
APP. CRIT. 2: ἥρμοζε Aa2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,1–2
COMMENT: The translation above assumes that Moschopulus understood ὄντα or ὑπάρχοντα with τυγχάνει (cf. sch. 1326.21–22), as is perhaps implied by the word order he uses. It seems less likely that he intended ‘befalls us’, the interpretation approved by modern commentators, and possibly assumed by the commentator of the old scholion (next).
Or. 1326.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ἄξι’ ἡμῖν τυγχάνει στεναγμάτων⟩: πεπόνθαμεν ἄξια στεναγμάτων. —MBCMnRwS
TRANSLATION: We have suffered things deserving of lamentations.
LEMMA: τί δ’ ἄξι’ ἡμῖν τυγχάνει BRw, τί δ’ ἄξι’ ἡμῖν M(ἄξει)Mn, ὅτιδ’ ἄξι ἡμῖν S REF. SYMBOL: MB
APP. CRIT.: στεναγμῶν M
APP. CRIT. 2: ἄξα or ἄξαι Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.215,28; Dind. II.294,3–4
COMMENT: This paraphrase implies that τί δ’; is separate from what follows. The punctuation in the manuscripts is often insufficient. In this line punctuation after δ’ is added by a correcting hand in MBGr (the mark in M, however, is odd, a small hollow circle) and perhaps F, and is present in OXXaXbTZZbZm. Punctuation is absent in the other mss regularly used in this edition, although some contain glosses that imply punctuation after δ’. The next two scholia are attempts to explicate the line as one clause.
Or. 1326.03 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1πῶς, φησὶν, ⟨οὐκ⟩ ἄξια ἡμῖν στενάγματα; 2ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ ἀξίως στενάζομεν; —MC
TRANSLATION: How, she says, are lamentations not suitable for us? Equivalent to ‘do we not lament fittingly?
LEMMA: MC
APP. CRIT.: 1 οὐκ suppl. from next | ἡμῖν] Schw., ἡμῶν MC | 2 τοῦ om. C
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φη() M, φη()` C | ἄξι’ MC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216.1–2; Dind. II.294, app. at 4
COMMENT: Without the supplement of οὐκ, the phrase could perhaps have been understood in this way: ‘How, she says, are lamentations sufficient(?) for us? Equivalent to ‘do we not lament fittingly?’ Or perhaps the commentator intended πῶς with question mark after it, paraphrasing τί δ’ with question-mark after it. But one would expect the paraphrase τί δ’; to be πῶς οὔ;, ‘how could it not be thus (that you hear a cry)?’
Or. 1326.04 (vet exeg) ἢ οὕτως· πῶς, φησὶν, οὐκ ἀξίως στενάζομεν, θανεῖν κατακριθέντες; —BMnRwS
TRANSLATION: Or (understand it) this way: How, she says, do we not lament fittingly, since we have been condemned to die?
POSITION: cont. from 1326.02 all
APP. CRIT.: φῆς S | ‑κριθέντας Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216. app. at 1–2; Dind. II.294,4–5
Or. 1326.05 (thom paraphr) ⟨τί δ’⟩: καινὸν, εἰ ἤκουσας —ZZaZbZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: (‘But what’) is new/unusual if you heard (a cry)?
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καινὸν] οὐ κενὸν Za
APP. CRIT. 2: καὶνον Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,5
Or. 1326.06 (tri paraphr) ⟨τί δ’⟩: τί δὲ καινὸν ἤκουσας; —T
TRANSLATION: But what unexpected thing did you hear?
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This seems to be deliberate modification of the Thoman paraphrase, as is the nearby change at sch. 1326.14–15.
Or. 1326.07 (rec gloss) ⟨τί δ’⟩: ἐστὶν ὃ λέγεις —Rf
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,6
Or. 1326.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄξι᾽ ἡμῖν τυγχάνει⟩: λείπει ἃ πεπόνθαμεν. —AbMn
TRANSLATION: (With ‘axi’ hēmin tungchanei’, ‘befall us worthy’,) ‘ha peponthamen’ (‘things which we have suffered’) is to be understood (as subject).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐπεπόνθαμεν Mn
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1326.18 (rec exeg) ⟨ἄξι’⟩: ἅτινα οὐ μὴ κλαίομεν· οἷον πεπόνθαμεν ἄξια στεναγμῶν. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Axia’, ‘worthy’, in the sense) ‘things which we do not lament’; as it were, we have suffered things worthy of lamentation.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: οἷα Sa
Or. 1327.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨εὔφημος ἴσθι⟩: εὐφήμει —KXXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,7
Or. 1327.06 (rec gloss) ⟨εὔφημος⟩: καλὰ λέγουσα —AbMnRCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1327.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί δε νεώτερον λέγεις;⟩: ἐὰν συνέβη τίποτε νέον, εἰπέ μοι. —B3a
TRANSLATION: If something new/untoward has come about, tell me.
POSITION: intermarg.
Or. 1327.10 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τί δε νεώτερον λέγεις;⟩: νέον ἕτεον(?) λέγεις εἰ ἐγένετο εἰς ὑμᾶς —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: check Zl images when back online
Or. 1328.02 (mosch gloss) ἔδοξε: ἐκυρώθη —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: X(‑ξεν) POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294, app. at 8
Or. 1328.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔδοξε⟩: ἐφάνη —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: check Zl image when back online
Or. 1328.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨τῇδε γῇ⟩: τῷ Ἄργει —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294, app. at 8
Or. 1329.01 (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ δῆτ’, ἐμούς γε συγγενεῖς πεφυκότας⟩: μηδαμῶς, μὴ γένοιτο θανεῖν ὑμᾶς ὑπάρχοντας ἡμετέρους συγγενεῖς. —Mn
TRANSLATION: By no means! May it not come about that you die, you who are my kin.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1329.02 (recMosch exeg) ⟨μὴ δῆτ’⟩: εἴθε μὴ γένοιτο θανεῖν ὑμᾶς. —Aa2AbMt3XXaXbXoT+YYfGGuZc
TRANSLATION: (‘Certainly not!’, that is,) ‘may it not come about that you die’.
REF. SYMBOL: Aa2 POSITION: s.l. except X, follows sch. 1329.08 X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa2Mt3 | εἴθε om. Ab | μὴ] μὴ δέ (sic) Y | ἡμᾶς AbYMt3, corr. Y2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,10
Or. 1329.05 (rec gloss) ⟨μὴ δῆτ’⟩: μὴ θανῆτε —PrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: θανεῖτε PrSa
COMMENT: Elided forms of θανεῖτε appear as future indicative twice in Oracula Sibyllina 12.206, 14.163, but do not seem to justify keeping θανεῖτε here.
Or. 1329.06 (thom gloss) ⟨μὴ δῆτ’⟩: εἴη θανεῖν ὐμᾶς —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀποθανεῖν T | ἡμᾶς a.c. Zb
Or. 1329.08 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨πεφυκότας⟩: ὑπάρχοντας —FRXXaXbXoT+YYfGZZaZbZlZmGuMt3CrOx
POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from sch. 1329.02 (which has a cross before) T
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | συγγενεῖς ἐμοῦ add. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,11
Or. 1330.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄραρ’· ἀνάγκης δ’ ἐς ζυγὸν καθέσταμεν⟩: ἁρμόδιον ⟦ἔπρε*⟧ ἦτον τὸ να ζῶμεν. ἀλλὰ καθεστήκαμεν καὶ εὑρισκόμεθα ⟦εν⟧ νῦν εἰς τὸν ζυγὸν τῆς ἀνάγκης. —Zurec
TRANSLATION: It was fitting that we live. But we have set ourselves and find ourselves now in the yoke of necessity.
REF. SYMBOL: Zurec
Or. 1330.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄραρ’⟩: καὶ ἡρμοσμένη ἐγένετο ἡ βουλὴ. —F
TRANSLATION: (‘Arar’ ’, ‘it has been joined together’,) in other words, the decision has become firmly fixed.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1330.04 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄραρ’⟩: ὥρισται —AbRCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ὤρ‑ R
Or. 1330.05 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄραρ’⟩: ἐκυρώθη —AaMnPrRfSaGuZl
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,13
Or. 1330.07 (mosch gloss) ἄραρ’: ἥρμοζεν, προσῆκεν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrOx2
LEMMA: X(ἄραρε) POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἥρμοσται T | προσῆκεν om. Ox2
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑ζε XaYYfGOx2 | ‑κε XaYYfG
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,12
Or. 1330.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ἄραρ’⟩: ἡρμόσθη, κεκύρωται —ZZaZbZlZmTGuLM3B3a
REF. SYMBOL: Zl (above καθέσταμεν) POSITION: s.l. except Zl, marg. LM3
APP. CRIT.: ἄραραν prep. Zl | ἡρμ. om. LB3a | κεκύρ. om. M3
APP. CRIT. 2: ἡρμώσθη Za | κεκήρωται B3a
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,12–13
Or. 1330.10 (thom exeg) ⟨ἀνάγκης δ’ εἰς ζυγὸν καθέσταμεν⟩: ἤγουν ἀναγκαῖον καὶ ἀπαραίτητόν ἐστι τοῦτο. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘We have been placed in the yoke of necessity’,) that is, this (our dying) is by necessity and inevitable.
POSITION: s.l. except Zl, cont. from sch. 1330.08 Zl
APP. CRIT.: ἀναγκαίως (καὶ om.) Zb
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπαραίτητον ἐστὶ ZZaZmTGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,15
Or. 1330.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ἀνάγκης … ζυγὸν⟩: τοῦ θανάτου ἀρκύστατον —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: check Zl image when back
Or. 1330.13 (thom exeg) ⟨καθέσταμεν⟩: ἐστάθημεν. ἢ ἀπὸ τοῦ καθεστήκαμεν κατὰ συγκοπὴν ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπάρχομεν. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: (Athematic second perfect form ‘kathestamen’ is used for aorist passive) ‘estathēmen’ (‘we have been placed’, ‘we stand’). Or (it is derived) from (thematic perfect) ‘kathestēkamen’ with syncope (of ‘ēk’), used for ‘we are’.
POSITION: s.l. ZmGu; cont. from sch. 1330.10 Zl.
APP. CRIT.: τὸ καθέσταμεν ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Zl | στήκαμεν κτλ lost to trimming Zl, except for traces of top of a few letters
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,15–16
KEYWORDS: syncope
Or. 1330.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καθέσταμεν⟩: ὑπάρχομεν —AbMnRCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1330.18 (rec metr) ⟨καθέσταμεν⟩: long mark over second alpha —O
COMMENT: Erroneous diagnosis of the length of the alpha. Did the scribe think this was a form of κατέστημεν?
Or. 1331.01 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἦ⟩: ἆρα —AaAbMnPrRRfSaXaXbXoYYfGZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*GuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. RCrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἄρα Aa, app. R
Or. 1331.02 (rec gloss) ⟨τοῦδ’ ἕκατι⟩: τούτου χάριν —M2F2
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg. M2, . s.l. F2
Or. 1331.06 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἕκατι⟩: χάριν —MnXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2ZcMt2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1331.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨κατὰ στέγας⟩: κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: κατὰ τοὺς om. Zc, τοὺς om. Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,17–18
Or. 1331.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨κατὰ στέγας⟩: ὑπάρχει εἰ ἀκούεις(?) —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images back online
Or. 1332.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἱκέτης γὰρ⟩: ναί —AaMnZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.; also above end of 1331, perhaps partially erased, Aa
Or. 1332.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἱκέτης⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱκετικῶς —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (The noun ‘hiketēs’, ‘suppliant’, in agreement with the first-person subject is) used for (adverb) ‘hiketikōs’ (‘in the manner of a suppliant’)
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,19
Or. 1332.03 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱκέτης⟩: παρακλήτωρ —ZlCrOx, app. F2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,19
Or. 1332.07 (rec gloss) ⟨προσπεσὼν βοᾷ⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης —AbZmCrOxB3a
POSITION: s.l. except intermarg. B3a
Or. 1332.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨βοᾷ⟩: undeciphered —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: check Zl images when back; oiginally read as †εξεται†, could it be θρηνεῖ or ὀρέστης?
Or. 1333.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨οὐδὲν οἶδα μᾶλλον⟩: οὗ πρόσθεν ᾔδειν —Zm
TRANSLATION: (‘I know nothing more’) than what I knew previously.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1333.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨οὐδὲν οἶδα μᾶλλον⟩: οὐδὲν πλέον οἶδα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: οἶδα om. G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,21
Or. 1333.05 (rec exeg) ⟨οὐ γὰρ⟩: οὐδὲν —Mn
TRANSLATION: (For ‘ou gar’, ‘for not’, there is a variant reading) ‘ouden’ (‘nothing’).
LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1333.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μᾶλλον⟩: πλέον ἢ πρότερον —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,22
Or. 1333.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἢν σὺ μὴ λέγῃς⟩: περὶ τοῦ Ὀ[ρέστου] —Zl
TRANSLATION: (‘Unless you speak’) concerning Orestes.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1334.01 (thom paraphr) ⟨τλήμων Ὀρέστης⟩: ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ προσπίπτει —ZZaZbZlT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: αὐτοῦ or αὐτὸν Zl, ἑαυτοῦ T
COLLATION NOTES: recheck Zl when images back online
Or. 1334.02 (thom paraphr) ⟨τλήμων Ὀρέστης⟩: προσπεσὼν βοᾷ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ —ZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,24
Or. 1334.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τλήμων Ὀρέστης⟩: ἱκετεύει —Aa
POSITION: s.l., also above 1332 ἑλένης, crossed out, Aa
Or. 1334.08 (mosch exeg) ⟨μὴ θανεῖν ἐμοῦ θ’ ὕπερ⟩: βοᾷ μὴ θανεῖν αὐτὸς, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ, ἵνα μὴ θάνω. —XXaXbXoYYfGGu, partial T+
TRANSLATION: He cries out (asking) that he not die himself, and on my behalf, that I not die.
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: μὴ θανεῖν om. Gu (understood from text) | καὶ ὑπὲρ κτλ om. T | ἀποθάνω G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.294,24–25
Or. 1334.10 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐμοῦ θ’ ὕπερ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ παρακαλεῖ —MBC
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘and he entreats on my behalf’.
POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. C | καὶ om. MC | ὑπὲρ] περὶ C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,3; Dind. II.294,23
Or. 1335.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἐπ’ ἀξίοισι τἄρ’ ἀνευφημεῖ⟩: 1ἀξίως, ὅτι καὶ ὁ οἶκος θρηνεῖ δι’ ὑμᾶς. 2ἐὰν μὲν ἂν εὐφημεῖ, ἀντὶ τοῦ δυσφημεῖ νοητέον, ἵν’ ᾖ κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν εἰρημένον συνδέσμου ὄντος τοῦ ἄν· 3ἐὰν δὲ ὑφ’ ἓν ἀνευφημεῖ, ἀντὶ τοῦ κακοφημεῖ καὶ ἀναθρηνεῖ ὁ δόμος. 4σημαίνει δὲ τὸ ἀνηχεῖ. —MBCaCbRw
TRANSLATION: (He cries out) fittingly, because the household too cries in grief because of you. If (the reading is divided as) ‘an euphēmei’, (‘euphēmei’, ‘speak auspiciously’, is) used for ‘dusphēmei’ (‘speak inauspiciously’), so that the word is spoken by antiphrasis (expressing the opposite meaning), ‘an’ than being a particle. But if (the reading is) as one word ‘aneuphēmei’, (the phrase is) used for ‘the house kakophēmei’ (‘speaks ill-omened words’) and ‘anathrēnei’ (‘raises a cry of morning’). And (‘aneuphēmei’) means ‘anēchei’ (‘raise a shout’).
LEMMA: ἐπαξίοισα γὰρ M, ἐπαξίοις τ’ἂρ B, ἐπαξίοισιν Ca, ἀξίοις ἄρα Rw REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: Ca on prev. recto, cont. from sch. 1334.10 after high dot
APP. CRIT.: 1 δι’ ἡμᾶς M(διημᾶς)CaCbRw | 2 ἂν] Dindorf, om. MCb, οὖν BCaRw | εὐφημῆ MCaCb, εὐφημῆ γράφεται Rw, εὐφημεῖ γρ() B (εὐφημεῖ γράφεται Arsen., εὐφημεῖ γράφηται Dind.) | τοῦ om. CaCb | δυσφημεῖ] δυσφημεῖν Rw, βλασφημῆ Ca | εἰρημένως M, εἰρημένου CaCb | 3 ἀντὶ τοῦ κακοφημεῖ om. Ca | τοῦ om. Cb | κακοφημεῖ] Schw., κακευφημεῖ MBCb, κακαφημεῖ Rw, κατευφημεῖ MeMuPh(κατ’ εὐ‑) (Barnes and edd. through Dind.), καταφημεῖ Arsen. | 4 after δὲ add. καὶ Rw
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐἂν μεν M | κατ’ ἀντίφρασιν M | ὅντως M | 3 ὑφὲν M |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,4–8; Dind. II.294,26–295,1
COMMENT: Schwartz’s κακοφημεῖ is a very rare late verb (six instances in TLG), for which LBG gives only ‘schmähen’ as a definition. But ‘malign, speak ill of’ fits only four of the passages in TLG. Here the sense must be ‘speak ill-omened words’, and the closest parallel is Ps.-David and Ps.-Elias in Porphyr. isag. comm. 9.5,23–26 αὕτη δὲ ἡ δυὰς ἐπὶ κακῷ λέγεται, ‘δύσφημος’, ‘δύσπορος’, ‘δυστυχής’, ‘δυσχερής’· ἀλλὰ καὶ ποιητικῶς κακοφημεῖται ὁ βʹ οὗτος ἀριθμός, ‘Δύσπαρι, εἶδος ἄριστε, γυναικομανές, ἠπεροπευτά’ (‘and this dyad (“duas”) is spoken to express an evil, as in “dusphēmos”, “dusporos”, “dustuchēs”, “duscherēs”; but this number two is also spoken pejoratively poetically in “Dusparis, best in beauty of form, woman-crazed, deceiver” ’). The late reading κατευφημεῖ is from a somewhat better attested verb, but κατευφημέω clearly has a positive meaning, ‘applaud, acclaim, praise’. Arsenius’s καταφημεῖ is probably from a misreading of κατευφημεῖ; if it was intentionally printed, καταφημέω is an otherwise unattested verb, which ought to be a alternative for καταφημίζω and would not have a suitable sense.
KEYWORDS: variant readings, both explained | ἀντίφρασις | rare word
Or. 1335.06 (moschThom gloss) ⟨ἀξίοισι⟩: πράγμασιν —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmTOx2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἆρα prep. X
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑μασι XoYGZcZZaZbZlZm
Or. 1335.08 (rec gram) ⟨ἀξίοισι⟩: τὸ ι̅ ἀργὸν. —K
TRANSLATION: (In dative ‘axioisi’) the (final) iota is without function.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἀργόν
Or. 1335.10 (pllgn gram) ⟨τἄρ’⟩: τὸ ἄρα ἐπὶ τοῖς τραγικοῖς συλλογιστικὸν ὂν καὶ {προ}παροξύνεται καὶ προπερισᾶται κατὰ τὴν τοῦ μέτρου χρείαν. —Lp
TRANSLATION: ‘Ara’ in the tragedians, being an inferential particle, is both accented with an acute on the penult and accented with a circumflex on the penult according to the requirement of the meter.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,1–2
Or. 1335.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνευφημεῖ⟩: ἀντὶ βλασφημεῖ κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν. —C
TRANSLATION: (‘Aneuphēmei’ is) used for ‘blasphēmei’ (‘speaks ill’) by antiphrasis (expressing the opposite meaning).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις
Or. 1335.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀνευφημεῖ⟩: ἀνηχεῖ, θρηνεῖ, δυσφημεῖ κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Aneuphēmei’ is used for) ‘anēchei’ ‘thrēnei’ (‘wail in mourning’), ‘dusphēmei’ (‘speak inauspiciously’), by antiphrasis (expressing the opposite meaning).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις
Or. 1335.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἀνευφημεῖ⟩: ἄλλοι εὐφημεῖ ἀντὶ δυσφημεῖ κατὰ ἀντίφρασιν. —F
TRANSLATION: Others (say ‘aneuphēmei’ means) ‘euphēmei’ (normally ‘speak propitiously’), used for ‘dusphēmei’ (‘speak inauspiciously’) by antiphrasis (expressing the opposite meaning).
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: ἀντίφρασις
Or. 1335.16 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀνευφημεῖ⟩: ἠχεῖ —B2KRfXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1336.01 (vet exeg) περὶ τοῦ γὰρ ἄλλου: περὶ τίνος γὰρ ἄλλου φθέγξαιτό τις ἢ θρηνήσειεν, ἢ ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἀπολλύμεθα; —MCBRf, partial Rw
TRANSLATION: For concerning what else would one give voice or wail in mourning than that we are perishing?
LEMMA: MBRfRw REF. SYMBOL: MB
APP. CRIT.: παρὰ Rw | first ἢ] ὡς Rw | ἢ ὅτι κτλ om. Rw | second ἢ om. C
APP. CRIT. 2: περί τινος M, περι τίνος B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,9–10; Dind. II.295,4–5
Or. 1336.02 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: διὰ ποῖον γὰρ ἄλλο ἤμελλέν τις βοᾶν ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις; —MBCRf
TRANSLATION: For because of what other (reason) was one likely to cry out in the house?
LEMMA: CRf, in marg. M
APP. CRIT.: ἄλλον C | ἔμελλέ B, ἔμελλε Rf
APP. CRIT. 2: ποίον app. Rf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216.11; Dind. II.295,5–6
Or. 1336.03 (rec exeg) ⟨περὶ τοῦ γὰρ ἄλλου μᾶλλον⟩: εἰ μὴ ὅτι μέλλομεν θανεῖν —AbR
TRANSLATION: (‘For concerning what else more’) if not because we are about to die?
POSITION: s.l., above μᾶλλον R, above ἂν φθέγξαιτό Ab
APP. CRIT.: ὅταν R
Or. 1336.04 (rec exeg) ⟨περὶ τοῦ γὰρ ἄλλου μᾶλλον⟩: εἰ μὴ περὶ αὐτοῦ θρηνήσω —Mn
TRANSLATION: (‘For concerning what else more’) if I fail to cry in mourning for him (Orestes)?
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1336.05 (rec exeg) ⟨περὶ τοῦ γὰρ ἄλλου μᾶλλον⟩: ἤγουν τοῦ μὴ ἀποθανεῖν —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘For concerning what else more‘) than not dying?
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1336.06 (thom exeg) ⟨περὶ τοῦ γὰρ ἄλλου μᾶλλον⟩: ἢ περὶ τοῦ σωθῆναι —ZZaZbZmTGuOx2
TRANSLATION: (‘For concerning what else more’) than about being saved (from death)?
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox2; above ἂν φθέγξαιτό τις ZmTGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,13
Or. 1336.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨τοῦ⟩: τίνος —B2FKMnPrRSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZb2ZcZlZmCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F, καὶ περὶ prep. RCrOx
Or. 1337.04 (mosch gloss) ⟨μετάσχες⟩: συμμετάσχες —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,14
Or. 1337.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨μετάσχες⟩: μέτοχος γενοῦ —Lb
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,14–15
Or. 1337.06 (thom gloss) ⟨μετάσχες⟩: κοινώνησον —ZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,15
Or. 1337.09 (rec gram) ⟨μετάσχες⟩: ἀποδοτικὸν εἰς γενικὴν —Rf
TRANSLATION: (‘Metasches’, ‘take a share in’,} governs a genitive case.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1338.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨σῇ μητρὶ⟩: τῇ Ἑλένῃ —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: check Zl when images back online
Or. 1338.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τῇ μέγ’ ὀλβίᾳ⟩: εἰρωνικόν —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Greatly blessed with good fortune’ is) ironic.
POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 1338.08 all (prep. τοῦτο δὲ Zl)
APP. CRIT.: εἰρωνικῶς Matthiae, Dind., without note
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,16–17
KEYWORDS: εἰρωνεία/εἰρωνικῶς
Or. 1338.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τῇ μέγ’ ὀλβίᾳ⟩: τῇ μεγάλως μακαρίᾳ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,16 and 17
Or. 1338.08 (thom gloss) ⟨ὀλβίᾳ⟩: εὐδαίμονι —ZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῇ prep. ZlT
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,16
COLLATION NOTES: Z is washed out here, with no trace surviving.
Or. 1339.01 (rec exeg) ⟨Μενέλαον⟩: καὶ παρακάλει τὸν Μενέλαον. —R
TRANSLATION: And entreat Menelaus.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This interpretation (also found in the next) treats Μενέλαον as an accusative governed in common (ἀπὸ κοινοῦ or συνεκδοχικῶς) by the idea of entreaty in 1337–1338 rather than as the subject of the infinitive εἰσιδεῖν (indirect discourse expression of the entreaty that Helen is to make).
Or. 1339.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Μενέλαον⟩: ἤγουν παρακάλεσον καὶ τὸν Μενέλαον. —AbMn
TRANSLATION: That is, entreat Menelaus too.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι Ab | καὶ om. Ab | παρεκάλεσαν Ab
Or. 1339.08 (mosch gloss) ⟨μὴ θανόντας εἰσιδεῖν⟩: μὴ ἀνέξεσθαι —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀνέξασθαι Y
Or. 1339.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨θανόντας⟩: καθὼς ἐτάχθημεν δηλονότι —Zl
TRANSLATION: (‘Dying’,) just as we have been commanded (to do), clearly.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1339.11 (tri gloss) ⟨εἰσιδεῖν⟩: ἰδεῖν —T+
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Despite T’s cross, there is no gloss here in the usual Moschopulean witnesses, nor is there extant a longer paraphrase containing ἰδεῖν. On the other hand, glossing εἰσιδεῖν with ἰδεῖν is a Moschopulean habit elsewhere: e.g. sch. 1520.14, sch. Ph. 195, 615, 697, 700, and note sch. 57.12 ⟨εἰσιδών⟩: περισσὴ ἡ εἰς.
Or. 1340.04 (rec gloss) ⟨χεροῖν⟩: χερσὶν —F2Mn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐν prep. F2
APP. CRIT. 2: χερσί F2
Or. 1341.02 (mosch paraphr) ⟨κἀπικούφισον κακῶν⟩: καὶ κούφισον ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. T
Or. 1341.04 (rec gloss) ⟨κἀπικούφισον⟩: ἐλάφρυνον —FMnMt2GGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1342.01 (mosch exeg) ἴθ’ εἰς ἀγῶνα δεῦρ’: ἐσχηματισμένον ἐστίν. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAaFZu
TRANSLATION: It is expressed with a double meaning.
LEMMA: X(om. ἴθ’) POSITION: s.l. except XT, marg. AaF
APP. CRIT.: ἐσχηματισμένα Aa | ἐστίν om. AaFZu
APP. CRIT. 2: σχηματισμένον Xa
KEYWORDS: ἐσχηματισμένον
Or. 1342.02 (thom exeg) ⟨ἴθ’ εἰς ἀγῶνα δεῦρ’⟩: ἐσχηματισμένον· τὸ γὰρ φαινόμενον ἐστὶν εἰς ἀγῶνα λόγων παρακλητικῶν, τὸ δὲ νοούμενον εἰς ἀγῶνα θανάτου. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: Expressed with a double meaning. For the apparent sense is ‘to a struggle of entreating words’, but the sense in her (Electra’s) mind is ‘to a struggle of death’.
REF. SYMBOL: ZlZm POSITION: marg. Gu
APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο δὲ λέγει prep. Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,18–20
KEYWORDS: ἐσχηματισμένον
Or. 1342.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἴθ’ εἰς ἀγῶνα δεῦρ’⟩: τὸ φαινόμενον —B3a
TRANSLATION: The apparent meaning.
POSITION: marg.
COLLATION NOTES: This short comment is in the left margin. In the right margin of this verse there is a very faint (perhaps partly erased) annotation of B3a or a later hand that is undeciphered as a whole, but begins with ἐσχηματισμένον ὡς; later it may contain τὸν φόνον and may end ἐντὸς(?) φερουσῶν σε(?).
KEYWORDS: ἐσχηματισμένον
Or. 1342.07 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἴθ’⟩: ἄγε, ἐλθέ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἄγε om. Xo
Or. 1342.12 (rec gloss) ⟨δεῦρ’⟩: καὶ ἐνταῦθα —AbMnR
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἴθι prep. Mn | καὶ om. Ab
Or. 1342.14 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐγώ σ’ ἡγήσομαι⟩: ὅπως παράκλησιν ποιήσῃ. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘I will lead you’) so that you may make an entreaty.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ποιήσῃ] Mastr., ποιήσω PrSa
Or. 1342.16 (recThom gloss) ⟨ἡγήσομαι⟩: προοδοποιήσω —F2MnZb2ZlZmCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Zl, καὶ prep. CrOx | σοι add. Zm
APP. CRIT. 2: προδοπ‑ Mn
Or. 1343.01 (vet exeg) σωτηρίας γὰρ τέρμ’: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν σοί ἐστιν ἡ σωτηρία ἡμῶν. 2δήλωμα δέ ἐστι τοῦτο. —MBCPrRfSa, partial AbMn
TRANSLATION: (‘You hold for us the fulfillment of salvation’ is) equivalent to ‘our salvation lies in you’. And this is an explanation (of the previous requests).
LEMMA: B, σ(ωτη)ρίας τέρμα Rf REF. SYMBOL: MBRf POSITION: marg. M, s.l. CAb, above 1348 ἡμῖν γὰρ ἥκεις οὐχὶ σοὶ σωτηρία PrSa
APP. CRIT.: 1 σοὶ μόνη ἐστὶν Mn, σοὶ μέντοι ἐστὶν Ab | 2 δήλωμα κτλ om. AbMn | δήλωμα] δήλω Pr, δῆλον Sa
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 σοί ἐστὶν M, σοὶ ἐστὶν Rf | 2 δὲ ἐστὶ M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,12–13; Dind. II.295,21–22
COMMENT: δήλωμα is here used in a sense conveyed (among others) by δήλωσις (DGE s.v. 3); elsewhere δήλωμα is ‘revelation’, ‘demonstration’, ‘proof’, etc.
Or. 1343.04 (recThom gloss) ⟨τέρμ’⟩: τέλος —F2RZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,22
Or. 1344.01 (recThom gloss) ⟨διώκω⟩: ἐμβάλλω —OAbRZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l. except marg. O
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐμβάλω ZbZlOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,24–25
Or. 1344.04 (recMosch gloss) ⟨διώκω⟩: ἐλαύνω —AbFKXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἰδοὺ prep. X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,24
Or. 1344.05 (thom gloss) ⟨διώκω⟩: κινῶ —ZlZmGGuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,25
Or. 1345.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨σώθηθ’ ὅσον γε τοὐπ’ ἐμοί⟩: ἤγουν σωθήσῃ ὅσον τὸ ἐπ’ ἐμοί —PrSa
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1345.02 (pllgn exeg) καὶ ἄλλως πᾶ. —Mt3
TRANSLATION: And otherwise ‘pā’ (‘where’ in Doric dialect).
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: This cryptic note is at the level of 1345 in the otherwise empty marginal block of fol. 34r of Mt. One would expect it to mean that πᾶ is a variant for πῆ or ποῦ occurring in a lyric passage, but the closest occurrence of ‘where?’ is in 1375 (on 34v), and there πᾶ appears to be universally transmitted. If πᾶ is a mistake for τὰ, then 1360 (also on 34v) might be considered, where τὰς is in the text of mss, but the corrector of M has changed to τὰ, which has been accepted by modern editors.
Or. 1345.03 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σώθηθ᾽⟩: σωτηρίας ἐστὲ ἄξιοι —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐστὶ ἄξιος app. Zl
COLLATION NOTES: check Zl when images back online
Or. 1345.07 (vet paraphr) ⟨ὅσον γε τοὐπ’ ἐμοί⟩: ὅσον τὸ κατ’ ἐμέ —MBF2Zl
TRANSLATION: To the extent that my attitude (holds sway).
POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. F2Zl
APP. CRIT.: ὅσον om. F2
APP. CRIT. 2: κατἐμέ MB
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,14
Or. 1345.08 (thom paraphr) ⟨ὅσον γε τοὐπ’ ἐμοί⟩: ὅσον τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν δύναμιν —ZmGu
TRANSLATION: To the extent that it lies in my power.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,26
Or. 1345.09 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅσον γε τοὐπ’ ἐμοί⟩: ἤγουν ὅσον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ οὐ δὴ ἔχετε τι —Zu
TRANSLATION: That is, as far as my part goes, you certainly(?) do not have any (obstacle?).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: οὐ δὴ] ambig. whether this or οὐδὲ Zu
COMMENT: The vagueness of ἔχετε τι is suspect. Is the note incomplete?
Or. 1345.10 (mosch paraphr) τοὐπ’ ἐμοί: τὸ ἐπὶ τῇ ἐμῇ γνώμῃ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrGuZc
TRANSLATION: (‘That which is up to me’ means) ‘that which is up to my judgment’.
LEMMA: Gr; ἐπ’ ἔμ’ in text T POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. Gr
APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἐπὶ om. Zc
Or. 1345.12 (tri exeg) ⟨ἔμ’⟩: ἐμοί —T
TRANSLATION: (For ‘em’ ’ [accusative ‘eme’] there is a variant reading, dative) ‘emoi’ (‘me’). OR (The uncontracted form of ‘em’ ’ is) ‘emoi’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1345.13 (mosch paraphr) ⟨ὦ κατὰ στέγας⟩: ὦ οἱ κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Dind. II.295,27
Or. 1346.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ξιφήρεις⟩: ξιφηφόροι —AbF2Mn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ‑φόρος a.c., ‑φόρους p.c. Ab
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,27
Or. 1346.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξιφήρεις⟩: οἱ ξίφη βαστάζοντες —Lb
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,28
Or. 1346.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨συλλήψεσθ᾽⟩: συλλάβητε —F2ZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ οὐ prep. CrOx | ‑λάβετε Ox, ambig. Cr
Or. 1346.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄγραν⟩: ἄγρα λέγεται πᾶν τὸ ἀγρευόμενον(?) καὶ(?) / θηρευόμενον. ἐπεὶ γοῦν [4–6 letters undeciphered] / πρὸς ἅπαντα [ca. 10 letters washed out] / θηρευτῶν(?) τοῦ τε ἄγραν(?) [2–3 letters] / πρὸς τὸ συλλαβεῖν εἰς τὴν αὐτῶν / σωτηρίαν εἰ [8–10 letters undeciph.] / ὠνόμασεν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ π[2–3 letters] / [4–6 letters washed out] ἐπὶ Ἑρμιόνην(?). —Zl
TRANSLATION: ‘Agra’ is a term for everything that is captured and hunted. For since [undeciph. wd.] toward all [washed out words] of hunters and of [missing words] prey, for capturing to serve their own salvation, if [undeciphered words] she named it with respect to the of the [missing words] against Hermione.
COMMENT: Compare perhaps Georgius Lacapenus, epist. 9(n),12–13 [p. 74 Lindstam] ὡς ἄγρα καὶ τὸ ἀγρευθὲν λέγεται καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ ἐνέργεια; Sch. Ael. Nat. anim. 1.3,104–105 Meliadò ἄγρα λέγεται καὶ τὸ θηρώμενον καὶ τὸ ἔργον.
COLLATION NOTES: Recheck Zl when images back
Or. 1346.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἄγραν⟩: τὴν Ἑρμιόνην —AbMnPrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι prep. PrSa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,28
Or. 1347.01 (rec exeg) ⟨οἲ ἐγὼ⟩: τὸ οἲ ἐγὼ Ἀττικὸν ἀπ’ εὐθείας, τὸ δὲ οἴμοι κοινὸν. —Mn
TRANSLATION: The exclamation ‘oi ego’ is Attic, using the nominative case (‘egō’, ‘I’). but ‘oimoi’ is the vernacular form (incorporating dative ‘moi’, ‘to me’).
LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀπ’] Mastr., app. εκ crossed out Mn
KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς
Or. 1347.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨τίνας τούσδ’ εἰσορῶ;⟩: τίνες εἰσὶν οὗτοι οὓς ὁρῶ; —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,30
Or. 1347.09 (mosch gloss) ⟨σιγᾶν χρεών⟩: σίγα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAa2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T, ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. Aa2
Or. 1348.03 (rec gloss) ⟨ἥκεις⟩: ἐλήλυθας —R
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: truncated as ελ with suprascript θ and acute accent
Or. 1348.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨σοί⟩: σεαυτῇ —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: app. σαυτῷ a.c. G
Or. 1349.05 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔχεσθ’ ἔχεσθε⟩: αὐτῆς —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAa2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.295,32
Or. 1349.09 (rec gram) ⟨πρὸς⟩: ἡ πρὸς ὅτε σημαίνει τὴν ἐγγύτητα συντάσσεται μετὰ δοτικῆς. —Mn
TRANSLATION: When the preposition ‘pros’ indicates proximity, it is construed with the dative.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1349.10 (rec gloss) ⟨δέρῃ⟩: τῆς Ἑλένης —MnPrSa
POSITION: s.l. PrSa, under word Mn
APP. CRIT.: τῆς om. Mn
Or. 1349.11 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨δέρῃ⟩: τῷ τραχήλῳ αὐτῆς —CrOxTZl
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | τῷ om. Zl | αὐτῆς om. CrOx
Or. 1350.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τόδε⟩: τάδε —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For singular ‘tode’, ‘this thing’, there is a variant reading) ‘tade’ (‘these things’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1351.04 (1351–1352) (vet exeg) οὕνεκ’ ἄνδρας: τὸ ἑξῆς οὕνεκ’ ἄνδρας Φρύγας κακοὺς εὑρὼν οὐκ ἔπραξεν αὐτοὺς οἷα χρὴ πράσσειν κακούς. —MBCPrSa
TRANSLATION: In simplified order (the sense is) ‘because having found the Phrygian men to be bad/cowardly he did not do to them the sort of things one should do to bad/cowardly men’.
LEMMA: B REF. SYMBOL: MBSa POSITION: marg. M, s.l. Pr; cont. from sch. 1351.15 (add. δὲ) Pr
APP. CRIT.: τὸ ἑξῆς οὕνεκ’ lost to damage Sa | ἀνδρὸς Sa | φρύγας κακοὺς] κακοὺς φρένας C | αὐτοὺς] εἰς αὐτοὺς Pr, εἰς τοὺς Sa, | κακά PrSa
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐξῆς M | οὔνεκ’ MCPr [οὔνεκ’ in text MC] | εὑρῶν B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,15–16; Dind. II.295,33–34
COMMENT: The paraphrase is based on an incorrect interpretation of the negative as belonging to the main verb, in defiance of the word order.
Or. 1351.05 (1351–1352) (rec wdord) word order α (οὔνεκ’), β (ἔπραξεν), γ (οἷα), δ (εὐρὼν), ε (ἄνδρας), ϛ (φρύγας) —M2
Or. 1351.07 (recMosch gloss) οὕνεκ’: ὅτι —AbMnRfXXaXbXoTYYfGGrZmB3a
LEMMA: οὕνεκ’ ἄνδρας X POSITION: s.l. except X; above οὐ φρύγας Ab
Or. 1351.08 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄνδρας⟩: δυνατοὺς —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: δυνατοὺς] Mastr., ἀδυνάτους Mn
COMMENT: The gloss is above ἄνδρας and is followed by the next, so emendation is necessary if it is correctly placed. ἀδυνάτους could, however, be a poor gloss on κακούς if it is misplaced.
Or. 1351.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἄνδρας⟩: ἀνδρείους —AaAbFMnPrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcB3a, app. K
POSITION: s.l. except X; cont. from prev. Mn, cont. from sch. 1351.07 X
APP. CRIT.: only αν and tip of δ visible in damage K
Or. 1351.16 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨κακοὺς⟩: δειλούς —AaF2RfPrSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZlZmT*Gu
LEMMA: οὐ φρύγας X POSITION: s.l. except X; above φρύγας Gr
APP. CRIT.: Gr’s gloss erased by Gu because of its position
Or. 1351.17 (rec gloss) ⟨κακοὺς⟩: οὐ —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Perhaps this gloss suggests the paraphrase ‘they are real men, not Phrygians, not cowards’.
Or. 1351.18 (rec exeg) ⟨κακὰ⟩: γρ. κακούς. —Ab
TRANSLATION: (For ‘kaka’, bad things’,) the reading ‘kakous’ (‘bad/cowardly men’) is found.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1352.01 (rec exeg) ⟨εὐρὼν⟩: λείπει τὸ ὑμᾶς. —M2
TRANSLATION: (With ‘heurōn’, ‘having found’,) ‘humas’ (‘you’, Orestes and Pylades) is to be understood (as object).
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1352.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ἔπραξεν⟩: λείπει οὐ. —M2
TRANSLATION: (With ‘epraxen’, ‘he did’,) ‘ou’ (‘not’) is to be understood.
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1352.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κακούς⟩: κακὰ —B3a
TRANSLATION: (For ‘kakous’, ‘bad, cowardly men’,) the reading ‘kaka’ (bad things’) is found.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1353.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰὼ ἰὼ φίλαι⟩: ἐπιστροφὴ —Zl
TRANSLATION: Address (to the chorus).
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: See comment on sch. 1207.01.
Or. 1353.03 (pllgn wdord) word order α (first κτύπον), β (ἐγείρετε, γ (φίλαι), δ (κτύπον καὶ βοὰν) —Aa
Or. 1353.04 (rec paraphr) ⟨κτύπον ἐγείρετε κτύπον⟩: ποιεῖτε κτύπον πολὺν —PrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: πολλήν Sa
Or. 1353.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐγείρετε⟩: κινεῖτε· ἔστι δὲ προστακτικόν. —Zm
TRANSLATION: (‘Stir up’, that is,) ‘set in motion’. And it is imperative (not indicative).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1353.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐγείρετε⟩: προστακτικόν —Y2
TRANSLATION: Imperative (not indicative).
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1354. (vet exeg) ⟨πρὸ μελάθρων⟩: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν οἴκων —B
TRANSLATION: (‘Pro melathrōn’, that is,) ‘in front of the house’.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216, app. at 17; Dind. II.296,3–4
Or. 1354.02 (tri exeg) ⟨πρὸ μελάθρων⟩: ἔμπροσθεν τῶν οἴκων ἐστῶσαι δηλονότι —T
TRANSLATION: (‘Pro melathrōn’, that is,) ‘in front of the house’, standing (there), clearly.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1354.03 (rec exeg) ⟨πρὸ μελάθρων⟩: ἔξω τῶν δόμων —R
TRANSLATION: (‘Pro melathrōn’, that is,) ‘outside the house’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1354.04 (vet exeg) ⟨πρὸ⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἔμπροσθεν —MCZb2CrOx
TRANSLATION: (‘Pro’) in the sense ‘in front of’.
POSITION: s.l. except marg. M
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] ἀντὶ C, καὶ CrOx, om. Zb2 | τῶν add. Zb2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,17; Dind. II.296,3
Or. 1354.07 (1354–1356) (thom exeg) ⟨ὅπως ὁ πραχθεὶς φόνος … δόμους τυραννικούς⟩: ἤγουν μὴ κλαίουσα Ἑρμιόνη διὰ τὸν φόνον τῆς Ἑλένης ἀκουσθήσεται τοῖς Ἀργείοις, οἱ δὲ θροηθέντες εἰς τάχος ἐνταῦθα ἔλθοιεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: That is, lest Hermione, wailing because of the killing of Helen, will be heard by the Argives, and they, becoming frightened, come here quickly.
REF. SYMBOL: at 1355 Ἀργείοισιν ZZa POSITION: marg. Zm
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν] σκοπεῖτε φησὶ T | ἡ ἑρμιόνη Gu | διὰ … Ἑλένης] διὰ τὴν μητέρα ZlZmTGu | εἰς om. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,4–7
COMMENT: The change of διὰ τὸν φόνον τὴς Ἑλένης to διὰ τὴν μητέρα seems to be a pedantic ‘correction’ based on the knowledge that Helen survives.
Or. 1354.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὅπως ὁ πραχθεὶς φόνος⟩: τὸ δειλιῶ προσληπτέον. —F
TRANSLATION: (To govern the clause ‘that the accomplished murder …’) one must supply ‘deiliō’ (‘I am afraid’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1354.13 (recThom gloss) ⟨φόνος⟩: τῆς Ἑλένης —MnZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,4
Or. 1355.01 (1355–1357) (vet exeg) μὴ δεινὸν Ἀργείοισιν: μήποτέ τις ἔλθῃ πρὶν ἡμᾶς ἀκοῦσαι παρά τινων πῶς τὰ ἔσω διάκειται ἢ καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἑλένης φόνον. —MBCAbPrRRfSa
TRANSLATION: Lest anyone come before we hear from some (informers) how the affairs inside are disposed or even (before we) see the slain corpse of Helen.
LEMMA: MBPrRfSa REF. SYMBOL: BPr POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. AbR
APP. CRIT.: τις om. Pr | παρά τινων] περὶ τίνων R, περί τινων Pr, om. Ab | ἔσω] ἔω C | διάκειται] διάκεινται τῆς ἑλένης Ab | ἢ καὶ … φόνον] τῆς ἑλένης R; transp. to beg. of sch. (om. ἢ) Sa, om. Pr | τὸν τῆς ἑλ. Ab
APP. CRIT. 2: μήποτε τίς C | παρὰ τινῶν MC | διάκειτε R |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,18–19; Dind. II.296,10–11
Or. 1355.02 (1355–1357) (rec exeg) ⟨μὴ δεινὸν … Ἑλένας φόνον⟩: μήποτέ τις ἔλθῃ πρὶν ἢ ἀκουσαίμεν παρά τινων πῶς τὰ ἔσω διάκειται. ἀγνοεῖ γὰρ εἰ{ς} πέρας ἐχει τῆς Ἑλένης ὁ φόνος. —Rw
TRANSLATION: Lest anyone come before we should hear from some (informers) how the affairs inside are disposed; for she does not know whether the murder of Helen has been completed.
LEMMA: 1357 ⟨π⟩ρὶν ἑτοίμως Rw (π om. rubr.)
APP. CRIT.: τὰ ἔσω διάκειται] Mastr. (from prev.), τινές σε διάκεισθαι Rw
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀκοῦσαι μὲν Rw | παρὰ τίνων Rw
Or. 1355.03 (thom gloss) ⟨δεινὸν⟩: μέγαν —ZZaZbZlZmTGuAa2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | μέγα Zb; only με and lower part of Γ written by Aa2
Or. 1356.01 (vet exeg) ⟨βοηδρομῆσαι⟩: λείπει τὸ ὥστε. —MBC
TRANSLATION: (The result conjunction) ‘hōste’ (‘so as to’) is to be understood (to govern the infinitive ‘to come to the rescue’).
POSITION: marg. MB, s.l. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,21; Dind. II.296,9
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1356.02 (rec gloss) ⟨βοηδρομῆσαι⟩: ὥστε —OAaAbFMnMtPrSaX
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Aa, intermarg. X
APP. CRIT.: βοηδρομῆσαι add. Mn
Or. 1356.03 (rec paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομῆσαι⟩: μετὰ βοῆς δραμεῖν —M2F2
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg. M2, s.l. F2
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1356.04 (mosch paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομῆσαι⟩: ὥστε ἐπὶ βοηθείᾳ δραμεῖν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
POSITION: s.l. except X; with ὥστε positioned sep. XbGr
APP. CRIT.: ὥστε om. XG (present sep. in intermarg. X)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,8
Or. 1356.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨βοηδρομῆσαι⟩: μετὰ βοῆς ἐλθεῖν —AaGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤτε prep. Aa (corruption of (ὥσ)τε) | μετὰ om. Gu
Or. 1356.08 (rec gloss) ⟨βοηδρομῆσαι⟩: ταχυδρομῆσαι —Ab
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ταχὺ δρομῆσαι Ab
Or. 1356.11 (moschThom gloss) ⟨τυραννικούς⟩: βασιλικούς —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmT*
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοὺς add. before βασ. Zb2
Or. 1357.01 (rec gloss) ⟨πρὶν⟩: καὶ πρὸ τοῦ —AaMnPrSaZmCrOx
POSITION: s.l.; appended to sch. 1259.07 Mn
APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. MnSa | πρὸ] περὶ Aa
APP. CRIT. 2: προτοῦ Mn
Or. 1357.02 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ἐτύμως⟩: ἀληθῶς —B2AaAbF2MnPrRSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZaZbZlZmCrOx
LEMMA: in text ἑτύμως R; ἑτοίμως a.c. Zm POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1357.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν Ἑλένας φόνον⟩: τὸ σῶμα τῆς Ἑλένης πεφονευμένον —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (‘The murder of Helen’ here means) ‘the slain corpse of Helen’.
POSITION: s.l. except X
Or. 1358.01 (vet gloss) ⟨καθαιμακτὸν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ καθῃμαγμένον —HMCPrSa
TRANSLATION: (The verbal adjective ‘kathaimakton’ is) equivalent to (the perfect passive participle) ‘kathēimagmenon’ (‘having been made bloody’).
POSITION: s.l. except marg. M
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. HPrSa, τοῦ om. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,22; Dind. II.296,18
Or. 1358.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨καθαιμακτὸν⟩: ᾑματωμένον —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,18
Or. 1359.01 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἢ καὶ … πυθώμεθα⟩: ἵνα(?) —Aa2
POSITION: s.l. (above ἢ καὶ)
APP. CRIT.: poorly written
Or. 1359.03 (rec exeg) ⟨λόγων⟩: λόγον —Sa
TRANSLATION: (For genitive plural ‘logōn’, ‘of words’, there is a variant reading, accusative singular) ‘logon’ (‘word’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1359.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨λόγον⟩: λόγων —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For accusative singular ‘logon’, ‘word’, there is a variant reading, genitive plural) ‘logōn’ (‘of words’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1359.06 (rec paraphr) ⟨του προσπόλων⟩: ἀπό τινος τῶν δούλων —AbMnR
LEMMA: τοῦ in text AbMn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. R
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀπὸ τίνος AbMn
Or. 1359.07 (rec gloss) ⟨του προσπόλων⟩: τινὸς δηλονότι τῶν ἐντὸς —Mn
LEMMA: τοῦ in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: at end add. προτοῦ Mn (= sch. 1357.01)
Or. 1359.08 (rec gloss) ⟨του⟩: παρά τινος —PrSa
LEMMA: τοῦ in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: παρατίνος PrSa
Or. 1359.10 (recMoschThom gloss) του: τινὸς —B2FKXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmTOx2
LEMMA: X; in text τοῦ B2 and others except XXaXbGr POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: τίνος Y
Or. 1359.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨προσπόλων⟩: ἀπὸ τῶν δούλων —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrZbZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ τῶν] τῶν T, καὶ τῶν CrOx, om. ZbZl
Or. 1359.14 (thom exeg) ⟨πυθώμεθα⟩: 1ἐπειδὴ μόνη αὐτὴ ἔμελλεν εἰσελθεῖν ἐντὸς καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν τῆς Ἑλένης φόνον, διατοῦτο τὸ ἴδω ἑνικῶς ἐξήνεγκεν. 2εἰ δέ τις ἐξιὼν εἶπεν, οὐ μόνη, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τοῦ χοροῦ ἤκουσεν ἂν, καὶ διατοῦτο πληθυντικῶς ἐνταῦθα τὸ πυθώμεθα εἶπεν. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Since she herself (Electra) was going to go inside alone and see the corpse of Helen, for this reason she uttered ‘idō’ (‘that I may see’) in the singular. But if someone came out and told (the situation), not alone, but together with the chorus she would have heard, and for this reason she here said ‘puthōmetha’ (‘that we may learn’) in the plural.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: at level of 1537 T
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ om. ZaZlT | ἑνικῶς ἴδω transp. Zl | ἴδοιμι T (as emended in his text) | ἐξήνεγκεν] ἐξέφερεν ZlZmTGu | 2 ἐνταῦθα om. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,14–17
COMMENT: The preference for imperfect ἐξέφερεν in ZlZmTGu is perhaps to be related to associating the note with 1357, although only T removes the ἐνταῦθα that makes the assignment to 1359 clear.
Or. 1359.18 (mosch gloss) ⟨πυθώμεθα⟩: ἀκούσωμεν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcZlF
POSITION: s.l. except X, cont. from sch. 1359.11 X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. F
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀκούσομεν F
Or. 1360.01 (vet exeg) τὰς μὲν γὰρ οἷδα συμφοράς: 1ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς βοῆς ἐν συμφοραῖς οὖσαν τὴν Ἑλένην ἐγίνωσκον, 2ἀγνοοῦσι δὲ εἰ πέρας ἔσχεν ὁ φόνος αὐτῆς. —MBCPrRwSa
TRANSLATION: (They say this) because they recognized from the loud cry that Helen was in difficulties, but they do not know whether her killing had reached completion.
LEMMA: B(συμφορ()), τὰς μὲν γὰρ οἷδα Rw, τὰς μὲν γὰρ οἷδα ταῖς μὲν γὰρ M, τὰς μὲν γὰρ C REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 1355.01 PrSa, prep. ἢ
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐν] ἀπὸ ταῖς M | ἐγίνωσκον om. MC | 2 ἀγνοῶ PrSa, ἀγνοούση Rw | εἰ] εἰς Rw | ἔχει Rw | ὁ φόνος αὐτῆς] ὁ φόνος τῆς ἑλένης M, τῆς ἑλένης ὁ φόβος C
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἔσχε C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,23–24; Dind. II.296,20–21
COMMENT: The verbs in the third plural show that the commentator had 1353–1360 assigned to the chorus in his copy, against the assignment to Electra in our manuscripts. PrSa show someone’s effort to adjust the note to the assignment of the passage to Electra by emending to ἀγνοῶ so that ἐγίνωσκον could be taken as first singular.
KEYWORDS: assignment of speaker
Or. 1360.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τὰς μὲν γὰρ οἶδα συμφοράς⟩: ὤφειλεν εἰπεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν συμφορῶν. ἔστι δὲ σχῆμα σολοικοφανὲς. —Rf
TRANSLATION: He/she should have said ‘from among the happenings’ (with partitive genitive ‘sumphorōn’ instead of accusative ‘sumphoras’). And the schema is that of apparent solecism.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: σολοικοφανές
Or. 1360.03 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰς μὲν … συμφοράς⟩: ἤγουν τὸ εἰσελθεῖν εἴσω καὶ καταλαβεῖν αὐτήν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Some happenings’,) that is, that they (Orestes and Pylades) went inside and captured her (Helen).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν om. Za
Or. 1360.06 (thom exeg) ⟨οἶδα⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ βοῆσαι ἐκείνην —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: (‘I know’) from the fact that she cried out.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1360.09 (thom exeg) ⟨τὰς δ᾽ οὐ σαφῶς⟩: εἰ τελείως αὐτὴν ἀπώλεσαν —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘The other happenings not clearly’, that is,) whether they (Orestes and Pylades) completely destroyed her.
POSITION: s.l. except marg. Zl
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. T | ἀπώλεσαν] ἐφόνευσαν T
TRANSLATION: A metrical system of nine cola and (iambic trimeter) lines, in the form of a separate section, consisting of unlike parts. The first (colon) is a one-and-a-half measure paeonic formed from a fourth paeon and an iamb. The second is a hypercatalectic dimeter of the same meter, formed from two second paeons and a syllable; or if you prefer, an iambic hephthemimeres with the second foot a choreius and the third a dactyl. The third is a hypercatalectic anapaestic dimeter. The fourth is an acatalectic iambic dimeter formed from three chorei and a pyrricheius, or an iamb because of the indifferent syllable. The fifth is a trochaic penthemimeres; or if you prefer, a hypercatalectic antispastic monometer formed from a fourth epitrite and a syllable. The sixth is a hypercatalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an iambic syzygy and an antispast and a syllable. The seventh, eighth, and ninth (cola) are acatalectic iambic trimeters. At the end a paragraphos.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.20,30–21,6; de Fav. 73–74
COMMENT: For the analysis of ‒ ‒ ‒ ⏑ as a trochee in colon 5, see on sch. 1302.01.
KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιομερές/ὁμοιομερές
Or. 1361.02 (1361–1368) (tri metr) σύστημα κώλων θ´ —T
TRANSLATION: A metrical system of nine cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74
Or. 1361.03 (vet exeg) διὰ δίκας ἔβα: οἷον δικαίως ἡ Νέμεσις τὴν Ἑλένην ἐτιμωρήσατο. —MBCPraPrbSaaSab
TRANSLATION: (‘Nemesis went through justice’,) as it were, justly did Nemesis punish Helen.
LEMMA: MBPraSaa REF. SYMBOL: MBPra POSITION: marg. M, s.l. PrbSab
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,25–26; Dind. II.296,22
KEYWORDS: theology, divine punishment
Or. 1361.04 (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ἡ νέμεσις τῆς δίκης τῶν θεῶν ἔμολεν, 2ὅ ἐστι δίκην ἀπαιτεῖται παρ’ αὐτῶν· 3ἐνεμέσησαν γὰρ αὐτῇ οἱ θεοί. —MBCPrSa
TRANSLATION: The retribution of the justice of the gods has come, which is to say, she (Helen) is demanded (to repay) a penalty by them (the gods), for the gods felt righteous indignation toward her.
LEMMA: C, in marg. M, ἢ οὕτως B POSITION: marg. M; cont. from prev., prep. ἢ οὕτως, PrSa
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔμολεν] ἔμελλεν PrSa | 2 παρ’ om. MC | 3 αὐτὴν CSa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.216,27–28; Dind. II.296,22–24
COMMENT: ἀπαιτεῖται is passive with retained second accusative object (K–G I.326 Anmerk. 7). For ἀπαιτέω (unlike αἰτέω, ἐξαιτέω) there are no examples of a middle form being used in the same sense as the active: the instance cited by DGE s.v. ἀπαιτέω I.1 (Julian or. 2.58a τότε δὲ ἐφεστώσας ξὺν δίκῃ ποινὰς ἀπαιτεῖται τῶν ἔργων καὶ ἄπιστον τιμωρίαν) should, in my view, be regarded as passive, just as the following εἰσπράττεται is passive.
KEYWORDS: theology, divine punishment
Or. 1361.06 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨διὰ δίκας⟩: δικαίως —M2AbFMnMt2PrRRfSaXXaXbXoYYfGGrZcZZaZbZlZmZuT*CrOxB3a
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. M2
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. ZZbZlZmTB3a, καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: δικέως R
Or. 1361.09 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔβα⟩: ἐπορεύθη —M2AbMnMt2RXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZc
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. M2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,25
Or. 1361.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ἔβα⟩: ἦλθε —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἦλθεν T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,25
Or. 1362.01 (rec gloss) ⟨νέμεσις⟩: μέμψις —M2CrOx
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg. M2, s.l. CrOx
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ἡ prep. CrOx
Or. 1362.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨νέμεσις⟩: δικαία μέμψις —B3a
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Cf. Sch. Tzetz. Arist. Plut. 10 Massa Positano μέμψιν δικαίαν: νέμεσις καὶ μέμψις διαφέρει· νέμεσις γὰρ ἡ δικαία αἰτίασις, μέμψις δέ ποτε καὶ ἡ ἄδικος. διὰ τοῦτο προσέθετο τὸ ‘δικαίαν’; also Eust in Il. 13.16 [II.429,18–20] τὸ δὲ ‘ἐνεμέσσα’ ἐπίκρισίς ἐστιν Ὁμηρική, ὡς μὴ μάτην χολουμένου τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος, ἀλλὰ κατὰ νέμεσιν, ἣ δικαία μέμψις ἐστίν.
KEYWORDS: vocabulary, definitions and distinctions
Or. 1362.03 (recThom gloss) ⟨νέμεσις⟩: ὀργή —M2ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu
POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2, cont. from prev.
APP. CRIT.: ἡ prep. Zu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,26
Or. 1362.04 (rec gloss) ⟨νέμεσις⟩: ἡ τιμωρία —AaAbRY2Gu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἡ om. AaGu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,26
Or. 1362.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨νέμεσις⟩: ἡ δίκη —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcMt2F2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,26
Or. 1363.01 (recMosch gloss) ⟨δακρύοισι⟩: δακρύων —AaF2MnMt2RRfSaXXaXbXoYfGrCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ prep. CrOx | (δακρύ)ω Yf
Or. 1363.08 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἔπλησεν⟩: ἐπλήρωσεν —MnXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Mt2
APP. CRIT. 2: ‑σε MnG
Or. 1363.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔπλησεν⟩: ἐγέμισε —ZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐγέμησεν Ox
Or. 1364.01 (rec exeg) ⟨τὸν ὀλόμενον⟩: τὸν ἄξιον φθαρῆναι καὶ ἀπολεσθῆναι —AaPrSa
TRANSLATION: (Participle ‘olomenon’ has an idiomatic modal sense,) ‘the one who deserves to perish and be destroyed’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀπολ. καὶ φθαρ. transp. Aa
Or. 1364.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨τὸν ὀλόμενον⟩: τὸν ἄξιον ἀπωλείας —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcMt2
TRANSLATION: (Participle ‘olomenon’ has an idiomatic modal sense,) ‘the one deserving of destruction’.
POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,27–28
Or. 1364.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ὀλόμενον⟩: τὸν ἄξιον ὀλεθρευθῆναι —F
TRANSLATION: (Participle ‘olomenon’ has an idiomatic modal sense,) ‘the one deserving to be destroyed’.
REF. SYMBOL: F POSITION: marg.
Or. 1364.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨τὸν ὀλόμενον⟩: τὸν ἀξίως φθαρέντα —Zb2
TRANSLATION: (Participle ‘olomenon’ has an idiomatic modal sense,) ‘the one deservedly destroyed’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1364.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀλόμενον ὀλόμενον⟩: ὀλλύμενον ὀλλύμενον —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For aorist participles ‘olomenon olomenon’ there is a variant reading, present participles) ‘ollumenon ollumenon’.
LEMMA: ὀλλόμ‑ ὀλλόμ‑ in text Aa POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: This variant mentioned is in Va, the copy of V (not extant in this passage).
Or. 1364.06 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: ἤτοι ἀπολόμενον ἢ ὀλέθριον —BCPrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Olomenon’ means) either ‘destroyed’ or ‘destructive’.
POSITION: s.l. except marg. B
APP. CRIT.: ἀπολλόμενον Pr, ἀπολλύμενον Sa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,1; Dind. II.296,27
Or. 1364.07 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: ἄξιον ἀπευχῆς —Rf
TRANSLATION: (‘Olomenon’, that is,) ‘deserving of deprecration/execration’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1364.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: ἀπολεσθησόμενον —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Olomenon’, that is,) ‘going to be destroyed’.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,28
Or. 1364.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: ὀλέθριον —AaF2Gu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,28
Or. 1364.10 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: φθειρόμενον —MnCrOx
LEMMA: ὀλλ‑ in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὸν prep. CrOx
Or. 1364.12 (pllgn gram) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: ὀλλῶ ὀλῶ ὀλοῦμαι ὀλούμενον καὶ κατὰ συγκοπὴν ὀλόμενος. —Zm
TRANSLATION: (The derivation goes:) (present) ‘ollō’, (future active) ‘olō’, (future middle) ‘oloumai’, and by syncope (future middle participle) ‘olomenos’.
POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: syncope
Or. 1365.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἄγαγ’ Ἑλλάδ’ εἰς Ἴλιον⟩: διότι ἥρπασε τὴν Ἑλένην —Lb
TRANSLATION: (‘Brought Hellas to Ilium’) because he (Paris) kidnapped Helen.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,29
Or. 1365.02 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἄγαγ’⟩: ἔφερε —ZlCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
APP. CRIT. 2: ἔφειρε Ox
Or. 1365.05 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Ἑλλάδ’⟩: τοὺς τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀνθρώπους —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2
POSITION: s.l. except X
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,29–30
Or. 1366.01 (1366–1368) (vet exeg) ἀλλὰ κτυπεῖ γὰρ: 1ἐξιών τις ψοφεῖ, τοῦτο γὰρ ἔθος, ταῖς θύραις. 2τούτους δὲ τοὺς τρεῖς στίχους [1366–1368] οὐκ ἄν τις ἐξ ἑτοίμου συγχωρήσειεν Εὐριπίδου εἶναι, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, 3οἵτινες, ἵνα μὴ κακοπαθῶσιν ἀπὸ τῶν βασιλείων δόμων καθαλλόμενοι, παρανοίξαντες ἐκπορεύονται τὸ τοῦ Φρυγὸς ἔχοντες σχῆμα καὶ πρόσωπον. 4ὅπως οὖν διὰ τῆς θύρας εὐλόγως ἐξιόντες φαίνωνται, τούτους προσενέταξαν. 5ἐξ ὧν δὲ αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν, ἀντιμαρτυροῦσι τῇ διὰ τῶν θυρῶν ἐξόδῳ. 6φανερὸν δὲ ἐκ τῶν ἑξῆς ὅτι ὑπερπεπήδηκεν. —MBCPrRwSa
TRANSLATION: Someone coming out (of the skene) makes a noise at the doors, for this is the convention. But these three lines one would not readily concede to be by Euripides, but rather (one would assume they are) by the actors, who in order not to hurt themselves when jumping down from the royal palace, open the door and proceed out wearing the costume and mask of the Phrygian. So then, in order that they plausibly be seen coming out, they inserted these lines in addition. But from what they themselves say, they bear witness against coming out through the door. And it is obvious from the following lines that he (the Phrygian) jumped over.
LEMMA: all (γὰρ om. M) REF. SYMBOL: MBPr
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἀξιῶν Rw | τις om. C | 3 δόμων] δωμάτων Rw, om. C | καθελόμενον Rw | εἰσπορεύονται BPrRwSa | προσωπεῖον conj. (with ‘perhaps’) Cobet | 4 ὅπως … φαίνωνται] Cobet, ὅμως … φαίνονται all | οὖν] MC, ἂν Cobet, om. BPrRwSa | ἀξιοῦντες Rw | τούτους] Schw. (as if in MC), τούτου M, τούτ() C, om. BPrRwSa (and Cobet) | προσενέταξαν] Schw., προενέταξαν MC, om. BPrRwSa (and Cobet) | 5 ὧν] οὗ PrSa | ἀντὶ τοῦ μαρτυροῦσι Sa | τῇ διὰ τῶν] τῆ τῶν διὰ τῶν PrSa | 6 δὲ] γὰρ Cobet | ὑπερπήδηκεν M
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐξιὼν τίς CBPrSa | τὶς Rw | θύραις] ambig. written erroneous reading Rw (στήραις changed to στείραις? if first strokes are really stigma) | 2 ἐξετοίμου Sa, s.l. M, ἐξετύμου M | 5 ἀντιμαρτυροῦσιν B | 6 δε C | ‑πεπήδηκε Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,2–9; Dind. II.297,1–8
COMMENT: MC’s προενέταξαν yields a possible sense (‘inserted in front’), but is an unattested compound, whereas προσεντάττω is attested in seven other passages (TLG), among which the most relevant is Philo, in Flaccum 131, where it is used of falsifying documents presented in court: εἶτα τὰ μὲν ἀπήλειφεν ἢ παρῄει ἑκών, τὰ δ’ οὐ λεχθέντα προσενέταττεν, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ ὑπηλλάττετο μεταποιῶν καὶ μετατιθεὶς καὶ στρέφων ἄνω κάτω τὰ γράμματα, κατὰ συλλαβήν. | From the very phrasing of the comment, it seems unlikely that there was external evidence known to the commentator, that is, copies in which the three lines were absent. The rejection of the three lines is rather the solution to a problēma about how entrance through the door can be reconciled with 1371 ὑπὲρ τέραμνα, a problēma that has prompted various solutions both in antiquity and in modern times. From my understanding of the probabilities of the nature of the skene in 408 BCE, I doubt, along with many others, that Euripides had his actor leap from the skene-roof to the stage. For two other ancient solutions, see on sch. 1371.01.
COLLATION NOTES: Schwartz read παρανήξαντες in M, but the new digital image seems to show οι, not η, after ν: the left side of what he saw as eta is a very narrow omicron, and there is no cross stroke present to join it to the iota, which he saw as the right side of eta.
KEYWORDS: athetesis or absence of verses | staging, position or gesture of actors | staging, entrance or exit of a character | actors, change of text by
Or. 1366.02 (1366–1367) (rec wdord) word order α (σιγήσατ’), β (κλῆθρα), γ (κτυπεῖ), δ (ἐκβαίνει), ε (γὰρ 1367), ϛ(τις), ζ (φρυγῶν), η (ἔξω) —M2
Or. 1366.03 (1366–1367) (tri exeg) ⟨ἀλλὰ κτυπεῖ γάρ … σιγήσατ’⟩: σύναπτε τὸ ἀλλά πρὸς τὸ σιγήσατε. —T
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1366.04 (1366–1367) (mosch paraphr) ⟨ἀλλὰ κτυπεῖ γάρ … σιγήσατ’⟩: ἀλλὰ σιγήσατε· κτυπεῖ γὰρ, ἤγουν ἠχεῖ, τὰ κλεῖθρα τῶν βασιλείων δόμων. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2
TRANSLATION: (Paraphrase in easier word order:) But be silent. For the doors of the royal palace resound, that is, make a noise.
POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYfGMt2
APP. CRIT.: κτυπεῖ … ἠχεῖ] ἠχεῖ γὰρ G | κλεῖθρα and βασιλείων δόμων om. G (understood from line)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.296,31–297,1
Or. 1366.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κλῇθρα⟩: Ἀττικῶς —B3a
TRANSLATION: (Spelling ‘klēithra’ with eta iota instead of epsilon iota is) in the Attic manner.
LEMMA: κλῆιθρα in text B POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: Ἀττικόν/Ἀττικῶς
Or. 1368.01 (vet gloss) ⟨οὗ⟩: παρ’ οὗ —MB
POSITION: s.l. M, marg. B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,10
Or. 1368.02 (vet gloss) ⟨οὗ⟩: ἀφ’ οὗ —MAaPrRfSaG
POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev. with ἢ M
APP. CRIT.: οὗ om. PrSa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,10
Or. 1368.06 (rec gloss) ⟨πευσόμεσθα⟩: μαθησόμεθα —AbMnRY2
LEMMA: in text ‑μεθα AbR, a.c. Mn POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1368.07 (recThom gloss) ⟨πευσόμεσθα⟩: μάθωμεν —AaFPrSaZZaZbZlZmTGu
LEMMA: in text ‑μεθα all except TGr; πευσού‑ a.c. Aa, πευσώ‑ Zb, a.c Zm POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: μάθωμεν AaT, perhaps p.c. F, μάθομεν others | ἂν add. T
Or. 1368.08 (thom gloss) ⟨πευσόμεσθα⟩: ἢ ἐρωτήσομεν —ZZbZlZmTGu
LEMMA: in text ‑μεθα all except TGr POSITION: s.l.; cont. from prev. all
APP. CRIT.: τηρήσομεν Zl
Or. 1368.09 (rec gloss) ⟨πευσόμεθα⟩: γνωρίσομεν —RfCrOx
LEMMA: thus in text CrOx, πευσούμε (sic) Rf POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1368.10 (mosch gloss) ⟨πευσόμεσθα⟩: ἀκουσόμεθα —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2
POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Mt2
TRANSLATION: Such forms (as this) are called monostrophic and irregular metrical forms, and they are also formed of dissimilar strophes. For they do not have responsion with what follows. The cola of the present strophe are eleven (in number). The first is an acatalectic ionic trimeter, formed from a trochaic syzygy or fourth epitrite, a second paeon in place of an ionic a maiore, and a ditrochee. The second is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. The third is a catalectic iambic trimeter. The fourth is a Euripidean trochaic hephthemimeres. The fifth is a dactylic trimeter consisting of spondees. The sixth is a trochaic ithyphallic. The seventh is a hephthemimeres of similar (trochaic) rhythm. The eighth is an acatalectic dimeter of similar (trochaic) rhythm, with the first foot a choreius and the last (element) indifferent; of if you prefer, a hypercatalectic ionic dimeter formed from a fourth paeon and a second (paeon) in place of an ionic a maiore, and a syllable. The ninth is an iambic hephthemimeres with the third foot a choreius. The tenth is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter formed from a first paeon and a cretic. The eleventh is a catalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an antispast and a dactyl. At the end a paragraphos, and as an insertion (within the lyric) a iambic trimeter verse.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
APP. CRIT.: 6 ἰθυφαλικὸν T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74
COMMENT: The sequences ‒ ⏑ ⏑ ‒ in 1370 and ‒ ⏑ ⏑ × in 1376 are allowable in a trochaic metron according to Triclinius’s statement in his epitome of Hephaestion that an iamb is a permitted substitution in either foot of a trochaic metron.
KEYWORDS: ἀνομοιόστροφα/ἀλλοιόστροφα | Εὐριπίδειον (colon)
Or. 1369.02 (1369–1379) (tri metr) στροφὴ μονόστροφος κώλων ια´ —T
TRANSLATION: A monostrophic strophe (that is, one lacking responsion) of eleven cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.21,7–21; de Fav. 74
KEYWORDS: staging, entrance or exit of a character
Or. 1369.03 (rec exeg) ἦλθεν ὁ Φρὺξ ἔξω. —Ab
TRANSLATION: The Phrygian has come outside.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1369.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Φρύξ (character name)⟩: ὁ δοῦλος τῆς Ἑλένης —B3a
TRANSLATION: (The Phrygian is) a slave of Helen.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1369.05 (vet exeg) Ἀργεῖον ξίφος: 1ἐντεῦθεν ἐξέστη τοῦ ἰδίου ἤθους ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἀνοίκεια ἑαυτῷ λέγων. —MBCAaPraPrbSa
TRANSLATION: From this point Euripides has departed from his own character by saying things not proper to himself.
LEMMA: M, ἀργεῖον ξίφος ἐκ θα() B REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. C, s.l. AaPraPrbSa (above 1365 Aa, above 1366 PraSa); between out-of-order sch. 1374.01 and 1377.05 B
APP. CRIT.: ἐντεῦθεν φα() B | ἔξεστι M, ἐξέστην C | ἰδίου] οἰκείου Prb | ἔθους B, ambig. Aa | ὁ εὐρ. om. Sa, transp. before ἐξέστη Prb | λέγεται Prb
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀνοίκια C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,11–12; Dind. II.297,11–12
COMMENT: It is uncertain how far beyond this beginning point (ἐντεῦθεν) the comment applies. It could refer the entire aria of the Phrygian, or the aria plus the trochaic tetrameter scene of the Phrygian and Orestes (which is criticized in sch. 1513.01–02, 1521.01), or most of the rest of the play, if the dialogue between Orestes and Menelaus was also deemed undignified and the reconciliation at the ending judged ‘untragic’. Euripides’s ‘own character’ appears to be the σπουδαῖον quality belonging to his chosen genre, tragedy, and he is ‘saying things not proper to himself’ (as a tragedian) by writing undignified poetry. The criticism is similar to that which is argued against in Sch. Andr. 32c Cavarzeran οἱ φαύλως ὑπομνηματισάμενοι ἐγκαλοῦσι τῷ Εὐριπίδῃ φάσκοντες ἐπὶ τραγικοῖς προσώποις κωμῳδίαν αὐτὸν διατεθεῖσθαι. γυναικῶν τε γὰρ ὑπονοίας κατ’ ἀλλήλων καὶ ζήλους καὶ λοιδορίας καὶ ἄλλα ὅσα εἰς κωμῳδίαν συντελεῖ, ἐνταῦθα ἁπαξάπαντα τοῦτο τὸ δρᾶμα περιειληφέναι. ἀγνοοῦσιν· ὅσα γὰρ εἰς τραγῳδίαν συντελεῖ, ταῦτα περιέχει ἐν τέλει, τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Νεοπτολέμου καὶ θρῆνον Πηλέως, ἅπερ ἐστὶ τραγικά (Those who have commented poorly find fault with Euripides, alleging that he has composed a comedy with tragic characters. Women’s suspicions of each other and jealousies and vituperations and other things that belong to comedy—all these together (they say) this drama has included here. They are ignorant. For all the things that belong to tragedy, these it contains in the end, the death of Neoptolemus and the lament of Peleus, the very things that are tragic.). Also relevant is the concern about the ‘comic’ endings of Alcestis (arg. Alc., particularly ἐκβάλλεται ὡς ἀνοίκεια τῆς τραγικῆς ποιήσεως ὅ τε Ὀρέστης καὶ ἡ Ἄλκηστις) and Orestes (Arg. 2c, Arg. 3). See Meijering 1987: 219.
KEYWORDS: criticism of poet | tragedy | comedy
Or. 1369.06 (pllgn exeg) οὗτος ὁ Φρὺξ εὐνοῦχος ὢν ἄλλου μὲν οἰκήματος ὑπερπηδήσας τὰ στέγη, ἐν ἄλλῳ δὲ ἐλθὼν, καὶ ἠσφαλισμένας εὑρὼν τὰς τούτου πύλας, τὰ τούτων κλεῖθρα συντρίψας ἐξῆλθεν. —ZlGu
TRANSLATION: This Phrygian, who is a eunuch, after leaping over the roof of one room and arriving in another and finding the doors of this one secured, smashed the locks of these doors and came outside.
REF. SYMBOL: Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.297,12–15
KEYWORDS: staging, entrance or exit of a character
Or. 1369.07 (1369–1370) (thom exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖον ξίφος … ἐν εὐμαρίσιν⟩: διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν ‘Ἀργεῖον ξίφος’ καὶ ‘βαρβάροις ἐν εὐμαρίσι’ τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι ἐγὼ ὁ βάρβαρος πέφευγα τοὺς Ἕλληνας. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: By saying ‘Argive sword’ and ‘in foreign slippers’ he is saying this, that ‘I, the foreigner, have escaped the Greeks’.
POSITION: cont. from prev. Zl
APP. CRIT.: ἀργείων s.l. Zm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.297,16–18
Or. 1369.08 (mosch paraphr) ⟨Ἀργεῖον ξίφος … πέφευγα⟩: Ἀργεῖον ξίφος πέφευγα, ἐκ θανάτου φυγὼν δηλονότι. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2
TRANSLATION: I have escaped the Argive sword, having fled, obviously (to be supplied), from death.
LEMMA: Ἀργεῖον ξίφος G POSITION: s.l. except XGGr
APP. CRIT.: ἀργείων Mt2
APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.297,15–16
Or. 1369.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖον ξίφος⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ κτήματος τὸν κεκτημένον. —Ox2
TRANSLATION: (‘Argive sword’ indicates) from the possession the person possessing (it).
POSITION: marg., cont. from sch. 1371.05.
APP. CRIT.: ἀπὸ] ἀντὶ Ox2
COMMENT: The format of note is similar to, e.g., sch. 222.08 τὸ ἁπλοῦν ἀντὶ τοῦ κτητικοῦ and sch. 49.22 ἀπὸ τοῦ περιέχοντος τὸ περιεχόμενον, but there is no parallel for such an expression with κτῆμα and κεκτημένος. The phrase is continued from the Moschopulean note 1371.05 without punctuation (but starting on a new line), but gives no good sense as part of that note. The only nearby expression to which it could apply is Ἀργεῖον ξίφος, and the remark makes good sense if ἀντὶ is emended to ἀπὸ, suggesting the same idea as in sch. 1369.07, that ‘Argive sword’ is used in place of ‘Argive bearing a sword’, Orestes or Pylades. An alternative emendation giving similar sense would be ἀντὶ τοῦ κεκτημένου τὸ κτῆμα, ‘instead of the possessor, the possession’.
Or. 1369.10 (recThom exeg) ⟨Ἀργεῖον⟩: Ἀργείων —RfZlZm
TRANSLATION: (For singular accusative adjective ‘Argeion’, ‘Argive’ there is a variant reading, genitive plural noun) ‘Argeiōn’ (‘of Argives’).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1369.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἐκ θανάτου πέφευγα⟩: ἤγουν μετὰ πολλοῦ δέους ἐξέφυγον, —Zl
TRANSLATION: That is, I escaped in great fear.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1369.16 (rec exeg) ⟨ἐκ θανάτου⟩: καὶ τὸ αἴτιον τοῦ θανάτου —Ab
TRANSLATION: (Understand ‘from death’ as) ‘and (I escaped) the cause of death’. OR (Understand ‘from death’ as) ‘that is, (sword that is) the cause of death’.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: For the second interpretation, compare sch. 1369.19.
Or. 1369.17 (rec gloss) ⟨ἐκ θανάτου⟩: ἕνεκα τοῦ θανάτου —AaPrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ θαν. om. Aa
Or. 1369.18 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἐκ θανάτου⟩: φυγὼν δηλονότι —GGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G
Or. 1370.01 (rec exeg) ⟨βαρβάροις ἐν εὐμαρίσι⟩: βαρβαρικοῖς ὑποδήμασιν ἢ ποσὶν —PrSa
TRANSLATION: In foreign footwear, or with (foreign) feet.
LEMMA: ‑ίσι thus in PrSa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1370.02 (mosch exeg) ⟨βαρβάροις ἐν εὐμαρίσιν⟩: 1ἐν ὑποδήμασι βαρβαρικοῖς· 2εὐμαρὶς γὰρ εἶδος ὑποδήματος βαρβαρικοῦ. —XXaXbXoYYfGGrMt2, partial T+Ox2
TRANSLATION: In foreign footwear. For ‘eumaris’ is a type of foreign footwear.
LEMMA: ‑ίσι in text GMt POSITION: s.l. except XTYGr, marg. Ox2
APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ prep. Mt2 | ἐν ὑποδ. βαρβαρικοῖς om. TOx2 (but ὑποδ. and βαρβ. sep. as sch. 1370.06 and 1370.08 T ) | βαρβαρικοῖς om. G (but sep. as sch. 1370.06) | 2 γὰρ om. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.297,19–20
Or. 1370.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βαρβάροις ἐν εὐμαρίσιν⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐν ποσὶν †ἡμῖν† βαρβάροις —Y2
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘with foreign feet’.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Since emending to ἡμῶν still produces an unlikely expression, perhaps ἡμῖν should be taken as an incomplete and faulty rendering of ἢ ὑποδήμασι from a copy in which the continuity of the note was unclear. One sometimes finds in the manuscripts that parts of annotations, even single words, are divided in order to work around diacritics of the main text or around previous glosses.
Or. 1370.07 (vet exeg) ἐν εὐμαρίσιν: 1εὐμαρὶς εἶδος ὑποδήματος σανδαλώδους· 2πεποίηται δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐμαρῶς ὑποδεῖσθαι. || 3προπαροξύνεται ἐν τῇ Καθόλου [Gram.Gr. III.1.99, 27, from ps.-Arcadius de accent. p. 150,19 Roussou]. —MBCRfRw, partial FZmGu2
TRANSLATION: ‘Eumaris’ is a type of sandal-like footwear. The noun is formed from the fact that it is easily (‘eumarōs’) put on one’s foot. || (The word) is accented on the antepenult in the Universal (Prosody of Herodian).
LEMMA: MC; in text ‑ρίσι BCFRfZm REF. SYMBOL: MF POSITION: marg. MF, s.l. Gu2; cont. from sch. 1372.01, add. δὲ, B(with dicolon)Rw(with dot)
APP. CRIT.: 1 εὐμαρὶς om. F | after ὑποδήματος sch.-ending punct. and rubr. initial next word (πανδαλω(μέν)η app., with wrong initial by rubr.) Rw | 2 πεποίηται δὲ om. FZmGu2 | after εὐμαρῶς add. καὶ εὐκόλως F (cf. sch. 1370.00 below PrSa) | ὑποδῦσθαι Rf, ὑποδεδέσθαι Gu2 | 3 προπαροξύνεται κτλ om. FZmGu2 | προπαρ.] CRf, παροξύνεται M, om. BRw, adding δὲ after ἐν | τῶ καθολ() Rf
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 εὐμαρὴς Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,13–15; Dind. II.297,21–22
COMMENT: Ps.-Arcadius de accent. pp. 150,18–151,2 Roussou τὰ εἰς ΡΙΣ ὑπερδισύλλαβα παραληγόμενα τῷ Α βαρύνεται· κίθαρις, εὔμαρις, Σύβαρις, κάππαρις, εἰ μὴ εἴη ὡς ὑποκοριστικὰ ἢ πατρωνυμικά, ἢ ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ Ε ἔχοντα. τότε γὰρ ὀξύνεται· Μεγαρίς, βλεφαρίς, θεωρίς, ἐαρίς. (The gist is that words ending in ρις of more than two syllables with alpha before ρις are not accented on the ultima—βαρύνεται: see comment on 1373.08—, with certain exceptions.) The proparoxytone εὔμαριν is written in M of Aeschylus at Pers. 660. The oxytone treatment is present in the manuscripts of Eur. here and is also in Photius ε 2246 εὐμαρίδες· ὑποδημάτων γένος; Et. Magn. 393,14–17 εὐμαρίς εὐμαρίδος, εἶδος ὑποδήματος, διὰ τὸ εὐμαρῶς, ὅ ἐστιν εὐχερῶς, βαδίζειν τοὺς ὑποδεδεμένους. Εὐριπίδης, βαρβάροις ἐν εὐμαρίσιν; Et. Symeonis ε 940 Baldi εὐμαρίδες· εἶδος ὑποδήματος· παρὰ τὸ εὐμαρῶς βαδίζειν, ἤγουν εὐχερῶς, τοὺς ὑποδεδεμένους· εὐμαρής γὰρ ὁ εὐχερής. At Hesych. ε 6977 editors print εὐμάριδες· εἶδος ὑποδήματος, but the manuscript has εὐμαρίδες.
KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Herodian | ps.-Arcadius
Or. 1370.08 (recThom gloss) ⟨εὐμαρίσιν⟩: ὑποδήμασι —OAaAbKMnRRfZZaZbZlZmZuT*GuZcrCrOx
LEMMA: ‑ίσιν in text OZTGrCrOx, app. Zb, a.c. Za, ‑ίσι others POSITION: s.l. except marg. O
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. ZcrCrOx, ἐν prep. TZu | βαρβαρικοῖς add. Zc
APP. CRIT. 2: ὑποδύμ‑ Aa, ‑σιν KRfTGu
Or. 1370.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨εὐμαρίσι⟩: ἐν —AaF
LEMMA: ἐν om. in text Aa (present in F) POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1370.13 (rec gram) ⟨εὐμαρίσι⟩: ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐμαρῶς καὶ εὐκόλως ὑποδεῖσθαι —PrSaY2
TRANSLATION: (The word is derived from) the fact of putting them on one’s feet ‘eumaros’, that is, easily.
LEMMA: ‑ίσιν in text Y POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ εὐκόλως om. Y2 | ὑποδεῖσθαι] cf. sch. 1370.07, ἀποδύεσθαι PrSa, ὑποδύεσθαι Y2
COMMENT: It is not quite certain that the transmitted forms should be emended to match the old scholion above (sch. 1370.07), since commentators of this period indulge in alternative etymologies. As a parallel for corruption, however, see Aristoph. Vesp. 1158, 1159, 1168, where forms of ὑποδέω are restored for forms of ὑποδύω found in almost all mss (LSJ s.v. ὑποδύω II.1.b). | The explanation here differs from that in the earlier lexicographic sources (cited on sch. 1370.07), which speak of the ease of walking when one is shod with such footwear.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1371.01 (vet exeg) κεδρωτὰ παστάδων: 1τὰ ἐκ κέδρου ξύλα, παστάδων δὲ τῶν κοιτώνων. 2τέρεμνα δὲ τὰς ὑψηλὰς στέγας. 3φαίνεται δὲ ἐκ τούτων ὑπερπεπηδηκὼς τὰς ὑψηλὰς στέγας. || 4ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπὲρ τεράμνων. 5ταῦτα οὖν φησιν ὡς ὑπερπεπηδηκὼς τῶν ἔσω τινὰς οἴκων. 6παστάδων γὰρ τῶν θαλάμων. 7Αἰσχίνης δὲ τὴν ὑπέρ ἀντὶ τῆς πρό φησίν, ἵν’ ᾖ ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸ τεράμνων. —MBCPrRwSa, partial Rf
TRANSLATION: (‘Kedrōta’, that is,) ‘the timbers made of cedar’, and ‘pastadōn’ (means) ‘the bedchambers’. And ‘teremna’ (are) ‘the high roofs/chambers/rafters(?)’. And it is seen from these (words) that he has leapt over the high roofs/chambers. || (The phrase ‘huper teramna’ with accusative object of the preposition is) equivalent to ‘huper teramnōn’ (with genitive object, ‘over, across the chambers/buildings/rafters’). He (the Phrygian) says this, then, as if he has jumped over some of the rooms inside. For ‘pastadōn’ (means) ‘the bedchambers’. But Aeschines says that ‘huper’ (‘over’) is used in place of ‘pro’ (‘in front of’), so that the phrase is equivalent to ‘pro teramnōn’ (‘in front of the chambers/buildings’).
LEMMA: MBRfRw(λεδρωτὰ)Sa, ὦ παστάδων Pr REF. SYMBOL: MBPr POSITION: follows sch. 1366.01 MBPr, cont. from sch. 1366.01 without punct. Rw
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὰ] τὴν Rw | κέδρων Pr | κοιτῶν Rw | 2 τέραμνα B | 3 φαίνεται … στέγας om. RfRw | ἐκ τούτων om. Sa | ὄτι ὑπερπεπήδηκε BCPrSa | ὑψηλὰς om. PrSa | 4 ὑπερτέρεμνα δὲ add. before ἀντὶ Rf | τοῦ om. C | ὑπὲρ τεράμνων] ὑπερτερέμνα Rw, ὑπὲρ στεράμνων Sa | 5–7 ταῦτα οὗτος φησὶν ἵν’ ᾖ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὑπερτεράμνων Rf | 5 οὖν] C, οὕτως MPrSa, οὗτος BRw | τὴν ἔσω τινὸς οἴκω (or ‑ου?) Rw | ἔξω Arsen. (MeMuPh) (edd. through Matthiae) | τινὰς] Schw., τινὸς all | 6 παστάδων γὰρ τῶν θαλ. om. PrSa | γὰρ] δὲ MC | θαλάμων] κοιτῶν Rw | 7 αἰσχύλος Rw | ὦδε add. before first πρὸ PrSa | ἵν’ ᾖ om. Rw | τοῦ om. C | πρὸ τῶν στεράμνων Sa, προτερέμνα Rw
APP. CRIT. 2: 4 ὑπερ CRf | 5 φησίν Rw | ὑπερπηδηκὼς Pr | 7 αἰσχύνης PrSa | προ BCPr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,16–21; Dind. II.297,24–298,4
COMMENT: This conflated scholion offers two ancient solutions of the problēma that inspired the proposal to delete 1366–1368 (see sch. 1366.01). The first appears to assume that any jumping over has taken place inside the palace complex, from one area into the main courtyard that is imagined to be behind the palace door represented on stage. This idea is taken up and described with a bit more detail in sch. 1369.06 (ZlGu). This view was advocated by A. M. Dale in her famous article on ‘Seen and Unseen on the Greek Stage’ (Dale 1956: 103–104). The other solution is that of Aeschines, a scholar quoted also in Sch. Or. 12.01 about whom we know nothing else (Prelim. Stud. 23): he posited that ὑπέρ is here used in the same sense as πρό, conveying the sense ‘in front of the chambers/buildings’, that is, ‘in front of the palace’; di Benedetto, Willink, and Medda have cited support for this sense of ὑπέρ and endorsed this solution. See also Nünlist: 347–348. | τέραμνα appears to mean ‘rafters’ in Phoen. 333 ὑπὲρ τέραμνα τ’ ἀγχόνας (cf. CGL s.v. 2, ‘timbers, roof-beams’), and the use of ξύλα in the first sentence of this note also suggests that understanding here, at least in some of the instances. See also the scholia on Phoen. 333. | Regarding Schwartz’s emendation of 5 τινὸς to τινὰς, note that the accusative is the normal case with ὑπερπηδάω (and was used two sentences earlier), while the genitive is found a few times in medieval and early modern authors (e.g. Sch. Opp. Hal. 4.580 ὑπερπηδῶσαι τοῦ λίνου, Gennadius Scholarius, Quaestiones theolog. 3, 377,15 ἐκείνων ὑπερπηδῶντες).
Or. 1371.02 (rec exeg) ⟨κεδρωτὰ … ὑπὲρ τέρεμνα⟩: λείπει ὑπερπηδήσας. —AbMnR
TRANSLATION: (With ‘over cedar-wood chanbers/rafters’) ‘huperpēdēsas’ (‘having leapt over’) is to be understood.
POSITION: marg. MnR, s.l. Ab
APP. CRIT.: τὰ στέγη add. Mn
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1371.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κεδρωτὰ … ὑπὲρ τέρεμνα⟩: ἐκπηδήσας ἀπὸ τῶν κεδρωτῶν οἴκων —Y2
TRANSLATION: Having leapy out from the cedar-wood buildings/rooms.
LEMMA: ὑπερτέρεμνα in text Y POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1371.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κεδρωτὰ … ὑπὲρ τέρεμνα⟩: 1δρύφρακτα, τὰ ξυλοκατασκεύαστα οἰκήματα ἢ τὰ ὀσπήτια. || 2σπίνθηρ ἀπὸ τοῦ σπεύδειν εἰς τὸν αἰθέρα. —Aa
TRANSLATION: Barriers/balconies; the chambers fashioned of wood or the houses/rooms. || ‘Spinthēr’ (‘spark’) (is derived) from the fact that it moves quickly (‘speudein’) to the sky (‘aithēr’).
COMMENT: It is not possible to be sure which meanings of δρύφρακτα and ὁσπίτιον were intended by the scholiast. For the spelling ὀσπήτι in medieval Greek see TLG and LBG s.v. ὁσπίτι(ν). The inclusion of the etymology of σπίνθηρ was perhaps prompted by the presence of αἰθέρ’ in 1375–1376.
KEYWORDS: etymology | Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1371.05 (mosch exeg) ⟨κεδρωτὰ … ὑπὲρ τέρεμνα⟩: ὑπὲρ τὰς ὑψηλὰς στέγας τῶν παστάδων τὰς ἐκ κέδρου κατεσκευασμένας —XXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2Ox2
TRANSLATION: Over the high roofs of the bedchambers that are fashioned from cedar.
POSITION: s.l. except XT, marg. Ox2
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Mt2 | στέγας] στοὰς G | κατασκ‑ YYfGr
APP. CRIT. 2: ὑψιλὰς Mt2 | app. κένδου a.c. Gr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,7–8
Or. 1371.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨κεδρωτὰ⟩: τὰ ἐκ τοῦ κέδρου —AbMnCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | ἐκ om. Mn | τοῦ om. CrOx
Or. 1371.08 (thom paraphr) ⟨κεδρωτὰ⟩: τὰ ἐκ κέδρου κατεσκευασμένα —ZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: κατασκ‑ a.c. Z
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐκ κέδρου] ἐκέδρ() Z
Or. 1371.14 (rec gloss) ⟨παστάδων⟩: τῶν κοιτώνων —AaFMnPrSaZmGu2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. PrSa | τῶν om. FMn | κοιτῶν MnPrSa (cf. Rw in sch. 1370.01)
APP. CRIT. 2: κοιτόνων Zm
Or. 1371.21 (thom exeg) ⟨τέρεμνα⟩: τέρεμνον κυρίως τὸ ἄκρον. —ZlZmGu
TRANSLATION: ‘Teremnon’ is in its proper sense to topmost part.
LEMMA: thus in text all POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τέρεμνα … τὰ ἄκρα Zm | after τερ. add. γὰρ Zl | λέγεται add. Zl
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,8–9
Or. 1371.22 (vetThom gloss) ⟨τέρεμνα⟩: στεγάσματα —HRZZaZlZmZuTGuZcr
LEMMA: thus in text except τέραμνα ZcZu POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὰ prep. RZuT
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,8
Or. 1371.23 (rec gloss) ⟨τέραμνα⟩: στέγη —M2OAbFPrSa
LEMMA: τέρεμνα in text OAbFPr, a.c. Sa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὰ prep. M2, καὶ prep. F
Or. 1371.24 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τέραμνα⟩: στέγας —B2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ending app. changed to (ων)
Or. 1371.25 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τέρεμνα⟩: καὶ τὰ οἰκήματα —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Cf. Hesych. τ 511 τέρεμνα· οἰκήματα.
Or. 1371.28 (pllgn gram) ⟨τέρεμνα⟩: στερ⟨ρ⟩ῶν, σκληρῶν —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Teremna’ is dervied from) ‘sterros’, meaning ‘hard’.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The genitive is perhaps related to that used in the prev. and in sch. 1371.12 and 15, but is oddly combined with what must be an etymological explanation, based on relating τέρεμνον/τέραμνον to στερρός/στερεός, ‘firm, hard’. For this etymology see Hesych. τ 512 †τέρεμνος†· ἰσχυρός. ἢ στέρεμνος (the lemma is perhaps not corrupt; cf. Et. Gud. 510,50 Sturz στέρεμνον, τὸ πυκνὸν καὶ στερεὸν καὶ ἰσχυρότατον). Note the presence of the variant στεράμνων for τεράμνων in Sa (sch. 1571.01 app.). Elsewhere the lexical sources follow Plato, Laws 853d and gloss τέραμνον (like τέρην) with ἁπαλόν: e.g., Photius α 3074 ἀτενὴς καὶ ἀτεράμων ἄνθρωπος· οἷον ἀτεράμων ἐστὶν ὁ σκληρὸς καὶ οὐκ ἔχων τέρεν, ὃ σημαίνει ἁπαλόν. ὡσαύτως καὶ ὁ ἀτενὴς σκληρὸς καὶ ἀντίτυπος. τὸ μέντοι ἀτέραμνον ἐπὶ τῶν δυσεψήτων ὀσπρίων τιθέασι, τὸ δὲ τέραμνον ἐπὶ τῶν ῥᾳδίως ἑψομένων. οὕτω Πλάτων καὶ Μένανδρος καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης, ὥς φησι Φρύνιχος; ps.-Zonaras 1722,10 τέραμνον· ἁπαλόν. καὶ ἀτέραμνον τὸ σκληρόν.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1372.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Δωρικάς τε τριγλύφους⟩: 1παρὰ Δωριεῦσι γλυφή τις ἦν ἣ ἐκαλεῖτο τρίγλυφος. 2ἢ ὡς τῶν Δωριέων καταδειξάντων τὰς τῶν ὀρόφων γλυφάς. —MBCPrRfRwSa, partial Y2
TRANSLATION: Among the Dorians there was a certain carving which was called a triglyph. Or (the name originated) because the Dorians demonstrated the forms of carving roofs.
LEMMA: τριγλύφους MCPrRfRw(τριγλιφοῦς app.)Sa (PrSa lacking punct. before lemma) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. Y2; follows sch. 1375.01 in M; cont. from sch. 1371.01, prep. τριγλύφους δὲ ἐπεὶ
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 παρὰ … ἢ om. Y2 | 1 after δωριεῦσι add. τισὶ MC | γλυφή τις] γλυφήτης Rw | τις ἦν om. Sa | after ἦν add. φρυγῶν MCRw | ἣ] ἢ MCPrRwSa | τρίγλυφος] τὸ γλύφας Rw | 2 καταϊξάντων Rf, δειξάντων Y2 | τὰς γλυφὰς τῶν ὀρόφων transp. B | second τῶν om. MPrSa
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 γλυφῆ Rf | τίς BC | ἦν] ἢν M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,22–23; Dind. II.298,4–6
COMMENT: It is clear from the explanations of this line in this and many of the following scholia that in later times no one understood exactly what was a triglyph was, although there are traces of awareness that it was an architectural element in Hesych. μ 563 μεθόπιον· μέρος τι τῆς καλουμένης ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιτεκτόνων τριγλύφου, σ 1124 σκοτία· μέρος τι παρὰ τοῖς ἀρχιτέκτοσι προσαγορευόμενον τριγλύφου (perhaps a corruption of a phrase more like that in μ 563). Thus we find in these scholia the idea that τρι- indicates much or elaborate carving or that the word refers to the roof (στέγη, ὄροφος).
Or. 1372.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Δωρικάς τε τριγλύφους⟩: 1γλυφή τις ἦν ἥτις ἐκαλεῖτο τρίγλυφος. 2τινὲς δὲ λέγουσιν ὅτι οἱ Δωριεῖς κατέδειξαν τὴν ποικιλίαν τῶν γεγλυμμένων. —F
TRANSLATION: There was a certain carving which was called a triglyph. And some say the the Dorians demonstrated the intricacy of the carved elements.
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 γλύφη F
Or. 1372.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Δωρικάς τε τριγλύφους⟩: ὅτι οἱ Δωριεῖς ἔδειξαν τὰς τῶν ὀρόφων γλυφὰς. —CrOx
TRANSLATION: (‘Doric triglyphs’) because the Dorians demonstrated the forms of carving roofs.
LEMMA: in text ‑γλύφας p.c. Ox POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1372.04 (mosch exeg) Δωρικάς τε τριγλύφας: 1καὶ ὑπὲρ τὰς Δωρικὰς τριγλύφας. 2κατασκευαί τινες ἦσαν αἱ τριγλύφαι ἐκ ξύλων ποικίλως γεγλυμμέναι. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr, partial Mt2Ox2
TRANSLATION: And over the Doric triglyphs. The triglyphs were certain constructions of wood, intricately carved.
LEMMA: G; in text ‑γλύφας except ‑γλύφους G, a.c. MtOx POSITION: s.l. XaXbXoYMt2, marg. Ox2; cont. from sch. 1371.05 T; sent. 2 sep. in marg. block YYf
APP. CRIT.: 1 καὶ … τριγλύφας om. Ox2 | τριγλύφας] καὶ τριγλύφους G | 2 κατασκευαί κτλ om. Mt2 | αἱ om. Gr | ἐκ ξύλων κτλ] τὴν γῆν ὡς ἐκ ξύλων ποικίλως οἱ βόες, ἢ διαγεγλυμέναι Ox2 (τὴν γῆν ὡς and οἱ βόες ἢ διὰ conflated from sch. 1378.07 οἱ ποταμοὶ, φασὶ) | ποικίλων G, a.c. Xo, ποιητικῶς Y
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 γεγλυμέναι XaYGr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,10–12
Or. 1372.05 (thom exeg) ⟨Δωρικάς τε τριγλύφους⟩: τὸ Δωρικὰς τριγλύφους καὶ τὸ κεδρωτὰ τέρεμνα ταυτόν ἐστιν. —ZZaZmTGu
TRANSLATION: The Doric triglyphs and the cedar-wood roofs/timbers are the same thing.
LEMMA: ‑γλύφας in text TGr REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZm POSITION: marg. Zm, intermarg. Gu
APP. CRIT.: τριγλύφας T
APP. CRIT. 2: ταυτὸν ἐστίν Gu | ἐστι T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,12–13
KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα
Or. 1372.09 (thom gloss) ⟨Δωρικάς⟩: Πελοπον⟨ν⟩ησιακάς —ZZaZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: πελοπονικὰς ZZa
Or. 1372.10 (rec gloss) ⟨Δωρικάς⟩: τῆς Δωρικῆς γῆς —Mn
LEMMA: δωρικᾶς in text p.c. Mn POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1372.13 (thom exeg) ⟨τριγλύφους⟩: τὰς κατὰ πολὺ γεγλυμμένας ἤτοι ποικίλας στέγας —ZZaZmTGu, partial Zl
TRANSLATION: (‘Triglyphs’ are) the highly carved or intricate chambers/roofs.
LEMMA: ‑γλύφας in text TGr POSITION: s.l. except T, cont. from sch. 1372.05 T, prep. τριγλύφας δὲ
APP. CRIT.: ἤτοι ποικ. κτλ om. Zl | τοιαῦται γὰρ αἱ τῶν Δωριέων add. Gu2
APP. CRIT. 2: καταπολὺ γεγλυμένας ZZa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,13–14
Or. 1372.14 (rec gloss) ⟨τριγλύφους⟩: τριορόφους —R
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: τριόροφος is an alternative spelling of τριώροφος, ‘of three stories’. See TLG and LBG s.v. τριόροφος.
Or. 1372.16 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τριγλύφους⟩: πολυγλύφους —FG
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Πολυγλυφής is a rare word (twice in Nonnus), while πολύγλυφος occurs only here and is an ad hoc formation based on interpreting τρι‑ as meaning πολυ‑, as in κατὰ πολὺ γεγλυμμένας in sch. 1372.13.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 1372.17 (rec gloss) ⟨τριγλύφους⟩: ὑπὲρ καλλωπίσματα †ξύλα —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Possible conjectures are καλλωπίσματα ξύλ⟨ιν⟩α or ⟨ἐκ⟩ ξύλου, or else καλλωπισμένα ξύλα.
Or. 1372.18 (rec gloss) ⟨τριγλύφους⟩: κάγκελλα —Rf
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The loan-word from Latin appears in inscriptions from the 2nd cent. CE and became common in vernacular texts.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1372.20 (pllgn gloss) ⟨τριγλύφους⟩: θυρίδας —B2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,14
Or. 1373.01 (vet exeg) φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ: 1διχῶς ἄν τις τοῦτο ἐκδέξαιτο· 2καθ’ ἕνα μὲν τρόπον ὅτι ἡ γῆ τῶν Ἀργείων ἀφανής ἐστι τοῖς βαρβάροις δραπετεύουσι καθόσον ἄπειροι τῶν τόπων· 3ἄλλως δὲ, ἐπεὶ ὑπερβαίνει τὰ βασίλεια καὶ ⟨οὐ⟩ διὰ τοῦ ἐδάφους τὴν πορείαν ποιεῖται, διὰ τὸ ὕψος ἀφανῆ φησιν εἶναι τὴν γῆν αὐτῷ. || 4τὸ δὲ ‘βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς’ πρὸς τὸ ἐχόμενον ληπτέον, 5οἷον βάρβαρος ὢν οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ φύγω· 6καὶ γὰρ οὐκ εἰμὶ τῶν τόπων ἐθάς. || 7ἢ οὕτως· ἐπεὶ μὴ διὰ γῆς ποιεῖται τὴν πορείαν, ἀλλ’ ὑπερβὰς ἥλατο, ἀφανῆ φησιν ἑαυτῷ εἶναι τὴν γῆν. 8ἢ τὸ φρούδα γᾶ ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰλίου φησίν. 9ἐρωτώμενος γὰρ τὸ ὅμοιόν φησίν· 10Ἴλιον Ἴλιον ὤ μοι μοι. —BCPrSa
TRANSLATION: One could interpret these words (that is, ‘phrouda ga’ with both feminine nominative) in two different ways. On one interpretation, (it means) that the land of the Argives is unclear to the foreigners when they are running away, inasmuch as they lack experience of the places. Otherwise, since he climbs over the palace and does not proceed on ground level, because of the height he says that the earth is unclear to him. || And the phrase ‘with foreign running-away’ is to be taken with the following line: as it were, ‘Being a foreigner I do not know where to flee, for I am not familiar with the places’. || Or (interpret) like this: since he does not proceed on ground level, but he leapt after having climbed over, he says that the earth is unclear to him. Or he says ‘phrouda ga’ (‘earth/land is gone’) in reference to Ilium. For when he is questioned (by the chorus, 1380), he says what is similar, (1381) ‘Ilium, Ilium, o moi moi’.
LEMMA: C(φροῦδα φροῦδα as in text), φρούδα γᾶ B (as in text) REF. SYMBOL: B
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐδέξατο PrSa | 2 καθόσον] καθὸ B (Arsen., MeMuPh, edd. through Dind.) | ἀπείρατοι Arsen. (ἀπείριτοι MeMuPh), whence ἀπειράτοις conj. Matthiae) | 3 οὐ suppl. Schw. (cf. now H in next) after Matthiae (⟨μὴ⟩ suppl. from sent. 7) | δι’ ἐδάφους PrSa | διὰ τὸ ὕψος om. PrSa | αὐτῷ] Schw. (perhaps read αὑτῷ, cf. ἑαυτῷ in next), αὐτῶν BC, τῶν ἀργείων PrSa | 4 βαρβάροις BSa | δρασμοῖς] δεσμοῖς Arsen. (edd. before Matthiae) (δράμοις Me) | πρὸς om. CPrSa | after ληπτέον, sch.-end punct., then sch. 1373.04 and 1373.05, with 5–10 οἷον κτλ cont. after sch. 1373.05 without punct. C | 7 ὑπερβὰς] ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς PrSa | φησὶν ἀφανῆ transp. PrSa | 8 τὸ] ὅτι PrSa | φρούδα BSa, φροῦδα CPr | τῆς] τοῦ Arsen. (MeMuPh), edd. through Matthiae | φησίν om. PrSa | 9 ὅμοιόν] ἐμοὶ Arsen. (MeMuPh), and thus B acc. to Schw., but app. ὅμοι(ον) (see comment)
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 καθένα C | 3 φησὶν PrSa | 7 ἥλατο] Matthiae, ἤλατο C, ἥλλατο BSa, ἤλλατο Pr | φησὶν B | 8 γῆ Sa | φη() B | 9 φη() B | 10 ὤι μοι μοι B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.217,25–218,7; Dind. II.298,15–24
COMMENT: Regarding 9 ὅμοιον in B, there seems to be some damage to first letter and its diacritic(s) (fol. 50v, near the end of the third line of the bottom block), but I believe the first letter was omicron rather than epsilon, with traces of two diacritics, i.e. rough breathing and acute; also, the diagonal above οι is too large for B’s grave and should be read as the ον-sign. Thus I read ὅμοιον and not ἐμοὶ with the Renaissance copyists (and Arsenius) and Schwartz. | Arsenius also shares with MeMuPh the continuation of this scholion with sch. 1373.03 τουτέστι ἐμοῦ τοῦ βαρβ. (thus omitting B’s lemma), apparently to make 1373.03 explanatory of ἐμοὶ. In 4, perhaps Me’s corrupt δραμοῖς prompted Arsenius’s odd δεσμοῖς.
Or. 1373.02 (vet exeg) φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ: 1ἐπεὶ οὐ διὰ γῆς ποιεῖται τὴν πορείαν ἀλλ’ ὑπερεπιβὰς ἥλατο, ἀφανῆ φησι ἑαυτῷ εἶναι τὴν γῆν. 2τὸ δὲ ‘βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς’ συναπτέον τῷ ‘πᾶ φύγω, ξέναι’, 3ἵν’ ᾖ βάρβαρος ὢν καὶ φεύγειν θέλων ποῦ φύγω, ξέναι. 4ἢ τὸ ‘φρούδα γᾶ’ ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰλίου φησίν. ἐρωτωμένος γὰρ φησὶ τάδε· [1381] ‘Ἴλιον Ἴλιον ὤμοί μοι’. —H
TRANSLATION: Since he does not proceed at ground level but leapt after climbing upon and over, he says the earth is unclear to himself. And the phrase ‘foreign runnings-away’ is to be linked to ‘where am I to flee, women strangers?’, so that it is ‘being a foreigner and wanting to flee, where am I to flee, women strangers?’. Or he says ‘phrouda ga’ (‘earth/land is gone’) in reference to Ilium. For when he is questioned (by the chorus, 1380), he says this: (1381) ‘Ilium, Ilium, o moi moi’.
LEMMA: φροῦδα φροῦδα γᾶ H
APP. CRIT.: 2 τῷ] τὸ H | ξέναι] ξένε H
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἥλλάτο(?) H
COMMENT: My reading of this note differs from that of Daitz in a few points. In 1 H ἥλλάτο appears to have two accents, but the apparent second acute is too far left for usual placement of an accent; perhaps it is a sign to delete the second lambda, or a corruption of such a sign. In 2 I read ἵν’ ἦι and not ἵν’ ἦν because the extension of the eta is different from that in the eta-nu of γῆν three lines earlier. In 4 Daitz did not read γᾶ, but it seems to be present after ἰδαῖον κάρα; the end of line 1380 extends into the right margin and forces the scholion to continue around and below it.
COLLATION NOTES: recheck H when new images available
Or. 1373.03 (vet exeg) φρούδα γᾶ: τουτέστιν ἐμοῦ τοῦ βαρβάρου φεύγοντος πάνυ ἀφέστηκεν ἡ πατρίς. —MBCGu
TRANSLATION: That is, from me, the foreigner, as I flee, my fatherland is very far away.
LEMMA: M(φροῦδα)B(ἄλλως in marg.) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: marg. M, s.l. (above 1374) C; cont. from sch. 1373.10 Gu
APP. CRIT.: φεύγ. τοῦ βαρβ. transp. Gu
APP. CRIT. 2: τοῦτέστιν B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,12–13; Dind. II.298,24–25
Or. 1373.04 (rec exeg) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ⟩: ἐμοὶ τῷ βαρβάρῳ φεύγειν βουλομένῳ ἀφανής ἐστιν ἡ γῆ διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι τοὺς τόπους ὅπου φύγω. —C
TRANSLATION: To me the foreigner, wanting to flee, the land is unclear because I do not know the places where I may escape.
POSITION: inserted between sent. 4 and 5 of sch. 1373.01 C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,8–9
Or. 1373.05 (rec exeg) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ⟩: 1ἄλλως τὸ λεγόμενον νοοῦμεν· 2{ἢ} οὕτως ἐκδεκτέον· τοῖς βαρβάροις δρασμοῖς καὶ δραπέταις ἄδηλος ἡ γῆ τῶν Ἀργείων. —CRw
TRANSLATION: We interpret what is said (here) differently; it should be understood in this way: to the foreign runnings-away, that is, fugitives, the land of the Argives is unclear.
LEMMA: ἄλλως punct. as lemma C; φροῦδα φροῦδα in text CRw POSITION: inserted after the prev. between sent. 4 and 5 of sch. 1373.01 C
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἄλλως] treated as part of note by Schw., as lemma C, om. Rw | 1–2 νοοῦμεν. ἢ οὕτως] νοούμενον Rw | 2 ἢ del. Mastr. | ἐκδετέον C | δρασμοῖς καὶ om. C | γῆ om. Rw
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,10–11
COMMENT: The interpretation of this scholion can be no more than tentative. For C’s νοοῦμεν, compare Ammonius in Arist. de interpet. comm. CAG 4.5.159,17n–18n νοοῦμεν δὲ τὸ λεγόμενον ἐκ τῶν ὑπογεγραμμένων; Anastasius, explicatio dogmatica, or. 2.6,9–10 οὕτω νοοῦμεν τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος λεγόμενον ‘ὁ Πατήρ μου ἕως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι’. With Rw’s νοούμενον, the sense would apparently be something like ‘one must understand the thing said as (also) thought of/intended’, which is not apposite here. Even is one reads οὕτως after νοούμενον (‘understand it as thus interpreted’), the inclusion of νοούμενον would be quite unnecessary and untypical. For a proper use of the juncture, cf. Eustratius in Arist. Eth. Nicom. vi comm. CAG 20.354,18 ἵν’ εἴη οὕτω νοούμενον τὸ λεγόμενον (‘so that what is being said may be interpreted thus’), which is the only example of the kind I find in TLG. Commonly elsewhere λεγόμενον and νοούμενον are combined as polar opposites either to express totality or to express a contrast between speech and thought.
Or. 1373.06 (rec exeg) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ⟩: ἀφανὴς ἀφανὴς ἡ γῆ ἐν ταῖς βαρβαρικαῖς μου φυγαῖς. —M2
TRANSLATION: Unseen, unseen is the land in my foreign fleeings.
LEMMA: φροῦδα φροῦδα in text M POSITION: marg.
Or. 1373.07 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ⟩: 1βαρβάροις δρασμοῖς καὶ δραπέταις ἄδηλος ἐστὶν ἡ γῆ τῶν Ἀργείων· 2οἷον βάρβαρος ὢν οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ φεύγω. 3καὶ γὰρ οὐκ εἰμὶ τῶν τόπων ἐθάς. —Gu
TRANSLATION: For foreign runnings-away, that is, (foreign) fugitives, the land of the Argives is unclear. As it were, being a foreigner I do not know where I may flee. For indeed I am not familiar with the places.
POSITION: follows sch. 1373.03 Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298, app. at 24
Or. 1373.08 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φροῦδα φροῦδα γᾶ⟩: 1ἐν ἀπορίᾳ τοῦ φυγεῖν γενόμενος, φρούδη, φησί, ἐστι τοῖς βαρβαρικοῖς δρασμοῖς ἡ τοῦ Ἄργους γῆ. 2σημείωσαι δὲ ὅτι οἱ ποιηταὶ, ὅταν μακρὸν εἰς βραχὺ τρέψωσι, καὶ τὸν τόνον ἐναλλάττουσιν, ὡς ἐνταῦθα εἰς τὸ φροῦδα· φρούδη γὰρ ἦν. οἱ δ’ ἀγνοοῦντες τοῦτο βαρύνουσιν. —Zm
TRANSLATION: Having become at a loss over escaping, gone, he says, is the land of Argos to foreign runnings-away. Note that the poets, when they turn a long into a short, also change the accent, as here with respect to ‘phroûdă’. For it was ‘phroúdē’. But those who do not know this mark (the last syllable) with a grave accent.
LEMMA: φρούδα φροῦδα a.c. in text Zm
COMMENT: This scholar considers φροῦδα a short-vowel feminine nominative singular adjective. βαρύνουσιν is rather unclear (or an accidental mental lapse during writing?). The author should be saying that some mistakenly put an acute on the penult (παροξύνουσι). βαρύνω indicates that there is not an accent on the last syllable, which could be said of either φρούδα or φροῦδα. For this sense of βαρύνω (not acknowledged in the major lexicons, which give only ‘accent with a grave’), cf. Xenis, in his ed. of Johannes Alexandrinus, p. 199, giving as a second meaning ‘accentum acutum vel circumflexum in syllaba alia atque finali pono’.
Or. 1373.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φροῦδα φροῦδα γᾶ⟩: φεύγων ὁ Φρὺξ τὴν γῆν τὴν τοῦ Ἄργους οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν· διατοῦτο λέγει φροῦδα γᾶ. —Zu
TRANSLATION: In fleeing the Phrygian did not know the land of Argos; for this reason he says ‘phrouda ga’ (‘gone land/earth’).
LEMMA: thus in text Zu POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: φεύγει Zu
Or. 1373.10 (pllgn exeg) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ⟩: φροῦδα γῆ τῆς Ἰλίου. —Gu
TRANSLATION: The land of Ilium is gone.
LEMMA: thus in text Gu
COMMENT: Given the close relationship of Zm and Gu in many scholia, it is likely that Gu intentionally wrote φροῦδα as a short-vowel feminine nominative, as advocated by Zm in sch. 1373.08.
Or. 1373.11 (mosch exeg) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα γᾶ γᾶ⟩: διὰ μέσου —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrOx2
TRANSLATION: (The phase ‘phrouda phrouda ga ga’ is) parenthetic.
LEMMA: φροῦδα φροῦδα in text YOx POSITION: s.l. except marg. Ox2
APP. CRIT.: μέσον Ox2
APP. CRIT. 2: διαμέσου Gr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298,25
COMMENT: The translation assumes this applies to 1373 alone, but in the absence of a longer Moschopulean paraphrase it cannot be ruled out that the parenthetic phrase included 1374 βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς as well.
KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου
Or. 1373.12 (rec gloss) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα⟩: ἄγνωστος ἀφανὴς —FPrSaZu
LEMMA: φροῦδα φροῦδα in text PrZu POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ ἄγν. καὶ ἀφ. F | ἀφανὴς om. Zu
Or. 1373.13 (thom gloss) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα⟩: ἀφανὴς καὶ ἄγνωστος —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
LEMMA: φροῦδα φροῦδα in text Zb, p.c. Zm POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Zl
APP. CRIT. 2: ἄγωστος Z
Or. 1373.18 (rec gloss) ⟨φροῦδα φροῦδα⟩: ἀγνώριστα —Ab
LEMMA: φρούδα φρούδα in text Ab POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1373.20 (rec gloss) ⟨φροῦδα φροῦδα⟩: ξένα —RZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ξέν Zu (followed closely by ἄ of ἄγνωστος)
Or. 1373.22 (pllgnTri etaGloss) ⟨φρούδα φρούδα⟩: φρούδη φρούδη —AaT
LEMMA: φροῦδα φροῦδα in text Aa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1373.24 (rec gloss) ⟨(second) φροῦδα⟩: κενά(?) —R
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: final letter uncertain
Or. 1374.01 (vet exeg) βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς: 1βάρβαρος ὢν καὶ φυγεῖν θέλων, πᾷ, φησὶ, φύγω, ὦ ξέναι. 2τὸ δὲ αἶ αἶ ἐπιστένων λέγει. —MBCRf
TRANSLATION: Being a foreigner and wanting to escape, where, he says am I to escape, women strangers? And lamenting, he says ‘ai ai’.
LEMMA: MC, ἄλλως βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς B, βαρβάροις δρασμοῖς Rf REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M; follows sch. 1375.01 B
APP. CRIT.: 1 ποῦ B, ποῖ M | ὦ ξέναι] B, ξέναι ἤτοι ὦ φίλαι Rf, ξένος ὤν M(ὣν)C (in text ξένος s.l. M2)
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὣν M | φησὶν Rf | αἲ αἲ CRf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,14–15; Dind. II.299,1–2
Or. 1374.02 (1374–1375) (pllgn exeg) ⟨βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς⟩: 1ἢ τὸ βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς συναπτέον τῷ πᾷ φύγω, ἵν’ ᾖ βάρβαρος ὢν καὶ θέλων φεύγειν, ποῖ φύγω, ὦ ξέναι; —Gu
TRANSLATION: Or ‘with foreign runnings-away’ is to be joined (not to the preceding sentence but) to ‘where am I to escape?’, so that the sense is ‘being a foreigner and wishing to flee, whither am I to escape, women strangers?’
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.298, app. at 24
Or. 1374.03 (vet exeg) ⟨βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ πέφευγα βαρβάροις δρασμοῖς —MC
TRANSLATION: (In simpler word order the passage is) equivalent to ‘I have fled with foreign runnings-away’.
POSITION: marg. M; cont. from sch. 1374.01 MC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,16; Dind. II.299,3
Or. 1374.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς⟩: ἤγουν δραπετεύουσι τοῖς βαρβάροις ἤγουν Φρυξὶ —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Foreign runnings-away’,) that is, ‘to the foreigners, or Phrygians, who are running away’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1374.05 (recMosch gloss) ⟨βαρβάροισι δρασμοῖς⟩: βαρβαρικαῖς φυγαῖς —RfXXaXbXoT+YfGGrMt2
POSITION: s.l.; as two sep. glosses Rf
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Mt2 | ταῖς add. before φυγαῖς G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299,3
Or. 1374.08 (rec gloss) ⟨βαρβάροισι⟩: δουλικοῖς —Ab
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: truncated δουλ()῀ Ab
Or. 1374.09 (recThom gloss) ⟨δρασμοῖς⟩: φυγαῖς —AaRZZaZbZlZmZcrCrOxB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν ταῖς prep. Zcr, καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1374.11 (rec gloss) ⟨δρασμοῖς⟩: ἐν —FPrSa
POSITION: s.l., prep. to prev. PrSa
COMMENT: PrSa seem to have conflated this with the previous, where ἐν does not make sense. ἐν marks an instrumental dative, while this gloss treats the abstract noun as signifying the persons doing the action denoted by the noun, as in other scholia above.
Or. 1375.01 (vet exeg) αἶ αἶ πᾶ φύγω: 1τὸ Ἴλιον λέγει καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἐπιστένει. 2φανερὸν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ καὶ πάλιν ἐρωτηθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ [1380] ‘τί δ’ ἔστιν Ἑλένης πρόσπολ’ ’ εἰπεῖν [1381] ‘Ἴλιον Ἴλιον’. —MBC
TRANSLATION: He means Ilium (when he says ‘land, land’ in 1373), and after saying this he laments (with the exclamation ‘ai ai’). This is clear from the fact that also when he has been asked again (1380) ‘what is it, attendant of Helen?’, he said (1381) ‘Ilium Ilium’.
LEMMA: MB REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: intermarg. C (beside 1374)
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἢ φανερὸν δὲ M | ἐκ τοῦ] εἰς τὸ M | καὶ om. C | ὑπὲρ C, ἀπὸ B | εἰπὼν C | at end add. ὤι μοι μοι B
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 δέ ἐστιν C, δ’ ἐστιν B | πρὸς πόλ’ C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,17–19; Dind. II.300,9–11
COMMENT: This scholion may originally have been intended for 1373 γᾶ γᾶ. Arsenius related it to 1381 Ἴλιον Ἴλιον, and that assignment persisted even into Dindorf.
Or. 1376.01 (rec exeg) ⟨πολιὸν⟩: ἢ τὸν λευκὸν ἢ τὸν ἀρχαῖον —AaPrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Polion’ means) either ‘white’ or ‘ancient’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: only ἀρχαῖον τὸν λευκὸν Aa
Or. 1376.02 (recThom gloss) ⟨πολιὸν⟩: λευκὸν —M2FRRfZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx | τὸν prep. ZZaZmT, καὶ τὸν prep. CrOx, τὸ prep. Zb
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299,5
COLLATION NOTES: Recheck Zl for τὸν when images online
Or. 1376.03 (mosch gloss) ⟨πολιὸν⟩: καθαρόν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: εἰς prep. G, καὶ prep. Mt2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299,5
Or. 1376.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨πολιὸν⟩: ἤγουν ἄσπρον —Zcr
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1376.05 (thom gloss) ⟨αἰθέρα⟩: ἀέρα —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF2
POSITION: s.l., cont. from sch. 1376.02 ZZaT
Or. 1376.06 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀμπτάμνεος⟩: φύγω —ZlZmGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299,6
Or. 1376.09 (thom gloss) ⟨ἀμπτάμνεος⟩: πετάσας —ZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299,6–7
Or. 1376.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀμπτάμνεος⟩: πετασθεὶς —AaGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299,7
Or. 1376.11 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἀμπτάμνεος⟩: ἀναπτάμενος —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2ZcZm
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀνὰ Zm
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299,6
Or. 1377.05 (1377–379) (vet exeg) ⟨Ὠκεανὸς ὃν ταυρόκρανος … κυκλοῖ χθόνα⟩: 1τοῦτο ἔξωθεν ὁ ποιητὴς πρὸς ἀναπλήρωσιν τοῦ ἰαμβείου προσέθηκεν· 2οὐ γὰρ ἁρμόττει ἀμαθεῖ γε ὄντι τῷ Φρυγὶ τοῦτο λέγειν. 3ἀναστρεπτέον δὲ τὴν λέξιν, τουτέστιν ὃν Ὠκεανός. 4καὶ οὗτος δὲ ποταμὸν ὑπείληφε τὸν Ὠκεανὸν ὡς Ὅμηρος· 5[Hom. Il. 20.7] ‘οὔτε τις οὖν ποταμῶν ἀπέην νόσφ’ Ὠκεανοῖο’. 6ὅτι δὲ κύκλῳ περιρρεῖ τὴν οἰκουμένην, ἐσήμανε τῷ [Hom. Il. 18.399, Od. 20.65] ‘ἀψορρόου Ὠκεανοῖο’. || 7ἐπιεικῶς δὲ τοὺς ποταμοὺς ταυροκράνους ἐζῳγράφουν τε καὶ ἔλεγον, ἴσως ὅτι παραπλησία τῷ μυκήματι τῶν ταύρων ἡ ἀπήχησις τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν τοῖς σφοδρῶς ῥέουσι ποταμοῖς, 8ἢ διὰ τὸ βίαιον τῶν ὑδάτων, ἅπερ τὴν γῆν διὰ τὰ παρεμπίπτοντα τῶν ὑδάτων ῥήγνυσιν ὡς τοῖς κέρασιν οἱ ταῦροι. 9ὡς γάρ φησιν ἐν ἄλλοις [Bacch. 743], ‘ταῦροι δ’ ὑβρισταὶ καὶ εἰς κέρας θυμούμενοι’· 10ἐν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἔχουσι τὴν ἰσχύν. —MBC, partial HPrSa
TRANSLATION: This statement the poet added from outside to fill out the verse, for it is not suitable for the Phrygian, who is uneducated, to say this. And the phrase (‘Oceanus which’) has to be reversed, that is, ‘which Oceanus’. This poet too has understood/assumed Oceanus to be a river, as Homer does: ‘Neither, then, was any of the rivers absent, except Oceanus’. And (Homer) indicated by the phrase ‘of Oceanus that flows back (into itself)’ that it flows in a circle around the inhabited earth. || And they reasonably used to draw and describe rivers as ‘bull-headed’, perhaps because the sound made by water in rivers that flow violently is similar to the bellowing of bulls, or because of the violence of the waters, which, like bulls with their horns, break up the earth thanks to the waters that push into it. For as he (Euripides) says elsewhere, ‘bulls (that are) violent and expressing anger in their horns’; for they (bulls) have their forcefulness in them (horns).
LEMMA: ταυρόκρανος κυκλοῖ χθόνα MC, ὃν ταυρόκρανος B REF. SYMBOL: MB
APP. CRIT.: H as reported by Daitz from his autopsy, not visible on images | 1–6 om. HPrSa | 1 ἰαμβείου] Schw. from next, ἰάμβου MBC | 2 φρυγίῳ MC | 3 ἀνατρεπτέον C | ὃν Ὠκεανὸς] Schw., ἐν ὠκεανῷ MC, ἐν ὠκεανῷ ὃς ταυρόκρανος ὢν ἑλίσσων κυκλεῖ (sic) χθόνα B | 4 οὕτως MC | 5 ὠκεανοῖς C | 6 τῷ] Schw., τὸ MBC | 7 ἐπιεικῶς … ποταμοῖς] [lost words, uncertain extent] τῶν τε ταύρων καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν τῶν σφοδρῶς ῥεομένων H | δὲ τοὺς ποτ. ταυρ. ἐζῳγρ. τε καὶ om. M | δὲ om. PrSa | ἔλεγον] λέγον M | ὅτι] οὐδὲ PrSa | παραπλήσια (‑πλησία Me, Schw.) τῷ μυκήματι Arsenius (τῶ also Me, with α s.l.), παραπλήσια τὰ μυκήματα all (μυκήματ() B) [H, but the transmitted version would give good syntax with H’s τῶν τε ταύρων καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν] | ὕδατος ποιεῖ B | σφοδρῶς] σφόρους M | ζέουσι PrSa | 8 ἅπερ] ὅπερ M [H] | διὰ τὰ παρεμπ. … ῥήγνυσιν] MC (app. H, only final σιν survives), διαρρήγνυσι παρεμπίπτοντα BPrSa (διαρρήσσουσι παρεμπ. Arsen., edd. through Matthiae) | κρέασι Pr(-σιν)Sa, κέρα̣υ̣σιν H | 9 ὡς] θὡς C, εἰ H, ὁ Pr | καὶ om. PrSa [H] | κόρας PrSa [H] | 10 ἐν γὰρ κτλ om. H | ἔχουσι om. Pr
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ὅντι M | 3 τοῦτέστιν B | 5 οὔτέ τις CB | οὕτε M | ὠκεανοίο M | 7 τὲ CPr |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.218,20–219,5; Dind. II.299,11–23
KEYWORDS: anastrophe, inversion of word order | citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Bacchae
Or. 1377.06 (1377–1379) (vet exeg) ⟨Ὠκεανὸς ὃν … κυκλοῖ χθόνα⟩: τοῦτο πρὸς ἀναπλήρωσιν τοῦ ἰαμβείου ὁ ποιητὴς προσέθηκεν ἀμαθεῖ ὄντι τῷ Φρυγί. —MC
TRANSLATION: This statement the poet added to (the words of) the Phrygian, who is uneducated, to fill out the verse.
REF. SYMBOL: at 1379 χθόνα M POSITION: intermarg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. II.218, app. at 20–22
COMMENT: I take this to be a radical shortening of the beginning of the previous rather than a lacunose version of it.
Or. 1377.07 (1377–1379) (vet exeg) ⟨Ὠκεανὸς ὃν … κυκλοῖ χθόνα⟩: 1κατὰ γὰρ τὸν ποιητὴν ποταμὸν τὸν Ὠκεανὸν νόμίζει. 2ὅτι δὲ κύκλῳ περιρρ[εῖ τὴν οἰκουμένην, ἐσήμα]νε τῷ [Hom. Il. 18.399, Od. 20.65] ‘ἀψορρόου Ὠκε(ανοῖο)’. —H
TRANSLATION: For following (the view of) the poet (Homer), he (Euripides) considers Oceanus to be a river. And he (Homer) indicated by the phrase ‘of Oceanus that flows back (into itself)’ that it flows in a circle around the inhabited earth.
APP. CRIT.: 2 τῷ] cf. prev., τοῦ H
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 1377.08 (1377–1379) (rec wdord) word order α (ὃν), β (ἑλίσσων), γ (ὠκεανὸς), δ (ταυρόκρανος), ε (ἀγκάλαις), ϛ (κυκλεῖ) —M2
Or. 1377.09 (mosch paraphr) Ὠκεανὸς ὃν: καθ’ ὃν ὁ Ὠκεανὸς ὁ ταυρόκρανος ἑλίσσων, ἀντὶ τοῦ περιφερόμενος, ἀγκάλαις κυκλοῖ χθόνα, ἤγουν περιλαμβάνει. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2
TRANSLATION: (The sea,) along which the bull-headed Oceanus whirling, used for borne around in a circle, with his arms encircles the earth, that is, surrounds.
LEMMA: T POSITION: s.l. except XTMt2, marg. Xo; follows sch. 1378.07 T
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ] καὶ G | φερόμενος Mt2 | κυκλεῖ T | χθόνα ἤγουν περιλ.] ἤγουν περιλ. τὴν χθόνα περιφερόμενος G | ἤγουν περιλαμβάνει om. T
APP. CRIT. 2: ἑλίσων Mt2, after ἑλίσσων add. περι, but crossed out Y
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299,8–10
Or. 1377.10 (rec exeg) ⟨Ὠκεανὸς ὃν⟩: Ὠκεανὸν ὃς —R
TRANSLATION: (Interpret nominative ‘Ocean’ and accusative ‘whom’ inversely, as accusative) ‘Ocean’ (and nominative) ‘who’.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Unless this is a report of a variant reading, it would seem to be a misinterpretation of the recommendation to treat the phrase as anastrophe: Ὠκεανὸν becomes accusative either as appositive to πόντον or as object of ἑλίσσων, and the antecedent of ὃς could then be either noun.
Or. 1378.01 (rec exeg) ταυρόκρανος: τοὺς ποταμοὺς ταυροκράνους ἐζῳγράφουν καὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι παραπλήσια τὰ μυκήματα τῶν τε ταύρων καὶ ὑδάτων διὰ τὸ σφοδρὸν τοῦ ῥεύματος καὶ βίαιον ὅπερ παρεμπίπτον ῥήγνυσι τὴν γῆν ὡς οἱ ταῦροι τοῖς κέρασιν. —Rf
TRANSLATION: They used to draw and describe rivers as bull-headed because the bellowing of bulls and of waters is similar because of the forcefulness of the flow and its violence, which, pushing in, breaks the earth as bulls do with their horns.
APP. CRIT.: μυκήματα] cf. sch. 1377.05 app. at 7, κύματα Rf
Or. 1378.02 (rec exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: ζωγραφοῦσιν οἱ παλαιοὶ τοὺς ποταμοὺς ταύρους ὅτι ταύρων ἔχοντας κεφαλάς. —MnPrSa
TRANSLATION: The ancients draw rivers as bulls because they have heads of bulls.
POSITION: s.l.; follows sch. 1378.11 Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299, app. at 17
Or. 1378.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: καθὸ οἱ ποταμοὶ κατὰ τὸν ἦχον αὐτῶν ὡς μυκισμὸς βοὸς ἀπηχεῖται, κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ ⟦ὁ⟧ ταυρόκρανον αὐτὸν ἱστοροῦσι. —Mn
TRANSLATION: Inasmuch as rivers in their echoing noise (sound) just as the bellowing of an ox is sounded, for this reason they also report that he (Oceanus) is bull-headed.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀπηχεῖται] Mastr., ἀποτεκεῖται Mn
APP. CRIT. 2: μικισμὸς Mn | ταβρόκρανον Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299, app. at 1
COMMENT: The absence of a verb to go with οἱ ποταμοὶ could be due to a lacuna or to the informality of the syntax. One could emend to ἀπηχοῦσι, but that is rather far from ἀποτεκεῖται. As for the emendation ἀπηχεῖται, passive forms (or in some cases perhaps intransitive middles) of ἀπηχέω are not rare in Greek of the late Roman Empire or later, although the passive use is not acknowledged in the standard lexicons. The only parallel I find for Mn’s ἀποτεκεῖται is ὑποτεκεῖται in Macarius Macres, orat. 4.25 αὐτὸς δήπου παρέσται σύμμαχος ἄμαχος καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν ὑποτεκεῖται τῶν ἀλγηδόνων καὶ κουφιεῖ τὸ βάρος τῶν ὀδυνῶν, where the verb is likely to be corrupt, since it appears to mean the opposite of what is required (ὑποτίκτω means ‘generate (somewhat?)’ in its only other occurrence in TLG, Psellos, orat. fun. 4.7 τὰς καλλίους ἐλπίδας ὑπέτικτεν).
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 1378.04 (rec exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: τὰ μυκήματα τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐοίκασι τῇ τοῦ ταύρου βοῇ. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: The bellowing sound of the sea and of a river are similar to the roar of a bull.
REF. SYMBOL: Sa POSITION: s.l. (above 1377) Pr
APP. CRIT.: second τοῦ om. Sa
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐοίκασιν Pr
Or. 1378.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: τῇ τοῦ ταύρου βοῇ ἐοίκασι τὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης μυκήματα· ἢ ὅτι ζωγραφοῦσι τοὺς ποταμοὺς κεφαλὰς ταύρων ἔχοντας. —F
TRANSLATION: The bellowing sounds of a river and of the sea are similar to the roar of a bull. Or (the word is used) because they draw rivers having the heads of bulls.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1378.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι τὰ μυκήματα τῶν ποταμῶν παραπλήσια τοῖς βουσὶ. —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Bull-headed’ is said) because the bellowing sounds of rivers are similar to (those of) bulls.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1378.07 (mosch exeg) ταυρόκρανος: 1οἱ ποταμοὶ, φασὶ, ταυρόκρανοι διετυποῦντο, ἢ ὅτι μυκηθμῷ εἰσι παραπλήσιοι παρὰ τὰς ἐκβολὰς. 2καὶ Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 21.237] ‘τοὺς δ’ ἔκβαλλε θύραζε μεμυκὼς ἠΰτε ταῦρος’, 3ἢ ὅτι σχίζουσι τὴν γῆν ὡς οἱ βόες, 4ἢ διὰ τὸ τὰς νομὰς παρὰ τοὺς ποταμοὺς εἶναι, 5ἢ διὰ τὸ καμπὰς ποιεῖν ὡς κεράτων. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2
TRANSLATION: Rivers, they say, used to be depicted as bull-headed, either because they (rivers) are similar to a bellowing at their mouths. And Homer (says) ‘(the river) was casting them (the corpses) out (on shore), making a roar like a bull’, or because they split the earth jusy as oxen do, or because pastures are beside rivers, or because they make bends like those of horns.
LEMMA: ταυρόκρανος ἀγκάλαις G POSITION: follows next T
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐτυποῦντο XoG | παραπλήσια X | 2 δ’] not in Homer | 4 τὸ om. X | 4–5 εἶναι ἢ κτλ om. Mt2 | 5 διὰ τὸ] τὰς Y, corr. Yr | καμπὰς] καμάραν G | ὡς om. XoG
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ποταμοί φασιν YG | τραυεόκρανοι Mt2 | εἰσὶ all except G | 2 τούς δ’/τούσδ’ all except Mt2, ambig. Yf | ἔκβαλε XaYYfGMt2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299,24–300,3
COMMENT: In this note Moschopulus reuses Sch. Soph. Trach. 13a Xenis βούκρανος: οἱ ποταμοὶ ταυρόκρανοι διετυποῦντο ἢ ὅτι μυκηθμῷ εἰσι παραπλήσιοι περὶ τὰς ἐκβολάς· Ὅμηρος ‘τοὺς ἔκβαλλε μεμυκὼς ἠύτε ταῦρος’. ἢ ὅτι σχίζουσι τὴν γῆν ὡς βόες· ἢ διὰ τὸ τὰς κατανομὰς παρὰ ποταμοὺς εἶναι. The fourth reason is paralleled in Eust. Comm. in Dion. Perieg. 431,51–53 τὰς γάρ τοι τῶν ποταμίων ῥείθρων καμπὰς κέρατα ἐκάλουν οἱ παλαιοὶ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ταυροκράνους καὶ κερασφόρους ἐτύπουν αὐτούς.
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 1378.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: 1ταυροκράνους φασὶ τοὺς ποταμοὺς ποιηταὶ, ἢ διότι ὁ τῶν ὑδάτων ἦχος ἔοικε μυκήμασι ταύρου, 2ἢ διότι καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ τὰς ἄνω πηγὰς ἐοικυίας ἔχει κεφαλῇ ταύρου· 3ὥσπερ γὰρ αὕτη κέρασιν ἐσχημάτισται, οὕτω κἀκεῖναι· 4δοκοῦσι γὰρ ὥσπερ κέρατα, εἴ τις αὐτοὺς ὁρῴη, οἱ ἐκ τῶν τῆς γῆς στενῶν πόρων ἐκρέοντες κρουνοὶ καὶ εἰς ἓν συνιόντες. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Poets say rivers are bull-headed, either because the loud sound of the waters resembles the bellowings of a bull, or because the water has its upstream springs resembling the head of a bull. For just as this latter has been shaped with horns, so too those (springs); for the well-heads that flow out of narrow passages in the earth and come together into one (stream) seem like horns if one should look at them.
REF. SYMBOL: ZaZlZm, app. Z POSITION: marg. Gu
APP. CRIT.: 1 οἰ ποιηταὶ Za | 2 κεφαλῆς Za | 3 ὥσπερ] ὡς Za | 5 τῶν om. Za
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.300,3–8
COMMENT: The second explanation (about springs) seems to be Thomas’s own formulation, inspired by the use of κέρας for a branch of a river.
Or. 1378.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: ἤ διὰ τὸ σφοδρὸν τῆς ὁρμῆς ταυρόκρανον τοῦτον λέγει. —Zm
TRANSLATION: Or he call this one (Oceanus) bull-headed because of the vehemence of his impulse.
POSITION: marg. (centered above prev.
Or. 1378.11 (rec paraphr) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: ὁ ἔχων κεφαλὴν ταύρου —AbMn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὁ] ἤγουν Ab
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.299, app. at 17
Or. 1378.16 (tri metr) ⟨ταυρόκρανος⟩: koinē short over first omicron —T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74
Or. 1378.17 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἀγκάλαις⟩: ἐν ταῖς —AaF
LEMMA: ἀγγάλαις in text Aa POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ταῖς om. F
Or. 1379.01 (mosch exeg) ἑλίσσων: ἑαυτὸν δηλονότι, ἤγουν περιφερόμενος —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrMt2
TRANSLATION: (‘Whirling’) himself, clearly, that is, being borne around in a circle.
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X, between sch. 1377.09 and 1378.07 X
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν περιφ. om. G
APP. CRIT. 2: δῆλον ὅτι G
Or. 1379.09 (rec exeg) ⟨κυκλεῖ⟩: κυκλοτερῶς(?) ἔχει τὴν γῆν —Mn
TRANSLATION: (‘Kuklei’ means) ‘it holds the earth in a circular fashion’.
LEMMA: thus in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The sign for ως is oddly formed, and the use of the adverb unusual. Perhaps this is a corruption of κύκλῳ περιέχει τὴν γῆν.
Or. 1380.01 (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβος —T
TRANSLATION: An iambic trimeter line as a separate section.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 74
Or. 1380.02 (rec exeg) ⟨τί δ’ ἔστ’⟩: λείπει τὸ οὖν. —M2
TRANSLATION: (With ‘what is it?’) ‘so then’ is to be supplied.
LEMMA: τί δέστ’ in text M REF. SYMBOL: M2 (at ἑλένη) POSITION: marg.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1380.03 (rec gloss) ⟨τί δ’ ἔστ’⟩: τί δὲ ἔνι —M2
LEMMA: τί δέστ’ in text M REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg.
Or. 1380.04 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἔστ’⟩: καὶ ὑπάρχει —CrOx
LEMMA: thus in text CrOx (ἐσθ’ Ox2) POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1380.05 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἔσθ’⟩: ἐστὶν —XXaXbXoYYfGrF2Mt2
LEMMA: thus in text all except ἔστ’ FMt POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τί δ’ prep. Xo
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστι F2
Or. 1380.07 (recMosch gloss) ⟨πρόσπολ’⟩: δοῦλε —AaAbRRfXXaXbXoTYYfGGrZcrCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὦ prep. AbR, καὶ prep. AaZcr, καὶ ὦ prep. CrOx
Or. 1380.11 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἰδαῖον κάρα⟩: γέννημα τῆς Ἴδης —AbMn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: γεννήματα Mn
Or. 1380.12 (mosch gloss) ⟨Ἰδαῖον κάρα⟩: ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἰδαῖε —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcF2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. F2
TRANSLATION: The present strophe too is monostrophic (without responsion), and (it consists) of fifteen cola. The first is an anapaestic hephthemimeres. The second is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter with the first foot a choreius. The third is a catalectic ionic a maiore dimeter formed from an ionic and a choreius or an anapaest because of the indifferent final syllable. The fourth is a Euripidean trochaic hephthemimeres. The fifth is pure trochaic similar to the second (i.e., a dimeter). The sixth is a catalectic antispastic dimeter formed from an antispast and a cretic; or if you prefer, trochaic similar to the fourth (but) with a iambus beginning it (in the first foot). The seventh is a catalectic ionic a maiore trimeter formed from a fourth paeon, an ionic, and a amphibrach or baccheius because of the indifferent final syllable. The eighth is an acatalectic epichoriambic dimeter formed from a diiamb and a choriamb. The ninth is an iambic hephthemimeres with the third foot a choreius; or if you prefer, an acatalectic ionic dimeter formed from a third epitrite and fourth paeon. The tenth is a one-and-a-half measure paeonic formed from a fourth paeon and a spondee. The eleventh is trochaic (dimeter), similar to the fifth. The twelfth is a brachycatalectic iambic dimeter. The thirteenth is an acatalectic paeonic dimeter formed from two fourth paeons. The fourteenth is a pure dactylic tetrameter. The fifteenth is a similar (dactylic) hephthemimeres, which is called logaoidic because it has at the end a trochaic syzygy. At the end a paragraphos, and as an insertion (within the lyric) two iambic trimeter lines, then a paragraphos.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T
APP. CRIT.: 15 λογαοιδικὸν] Ta, λογαϊδικὸν T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.21,22–23,7; de Fav. 75
COMMENT: For ‒ ‒ ‒ ‒ accepted as trochaic in colon 11, see the comment on sch. 1302.01.
KEYWORDS: Εὐριπίδειον (colon)
Or. 1381.02 (1381–1392) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων ιε´ —T
TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of fifteen cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 75
Or. 1381.03 (1381–1392) (thom exeg) ⟨Ἴλιον Ἴλιον⟩: 1ἐρωτήσαντος τοῦ χοροῦ τὸν Φρύγα τὰ περὶ τῆς Ἑλένης, 2ὁ δὲ οὐ περὶ αὐτῆς ἀπεκρίθη, 3ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ ἐμμανὴς ὢν τῷ φόβῳ εἰς μνήμην ἔρχεται τῆς τῆς Τροίας ἁλώσεως καὶ τῆς τοῦ Γανυμήδους ἁρπαγῆς. 4ἔστι δὲ τὸ ‘ὀλλύμενον’ πρὸς τὸ ‘ἄστυ’, τὸ δὲ ‘Ἴδης ὄρος’ καὶ τὸ ‘ὤμοι μοι’ διὰ μέσου. 5σύναπτε οὖν τὸ ‘ὀλλύμενον’ πρὸς τὸ ‘διὰ τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα’. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: When the chorus asked the Phrygian about Helen’s situation, he did not reply about her, but as if maddened with fear he mentions the capture of Troy and the rape of Ganymede. The word ‘ollumenon’ (‘being destroyed’) goes with ‘astu’ (‘city’), and ‘mountain of Ida’ and (the exclamation) ‘omoi moi’ are parenthetic. Therefore connect the word ‘being destroyed’ with the (later) phrase ‘because of the bird-begotten eye’.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm
APP. CRIT.: 4 ὀλούμενον T | 5 ὀλούμενον T
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 γαννυ- ZZaZm, probably Zl | 4 διαμέσου T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.300,18–23
COLLATION NOTES: Recheck Zl when images back
KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου
Or. 1381.04 (1381–1389) (thom exeg) ⟨Ἴλιον Ἴλιον⟩: 1ἡ δὲ σύνταξις τοῦ Ἴλιον Ἴλιον οὕτως ἔχει· 2ὦ Ἴλιον Ἴλιον Φρύγιον ἄστυ καλλίβωλον καὶ εὔγειον, στένω καὶ στενάζω σε ἐν βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ μέλος ἁρμάτειον καὶ λεπτὸν, 3ὡς ὀλλύμενον καὶ ἀπολεσθὲν διὰ τὸ ὀρνιθόγονον κυκνόπτερον ὄμμα τῆς Ἑλένης, 4τὸν σκύμνον καὶ τὸ γέννημα τῆς καλλοσύνης καὶ εὐμόρφου Λήδας, 5τὴν Ἐριννὺν καὶ τὴν φθορὰν τῶν ξεστῶν περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων, ἤγουν τῶν ὑπ’ Ἀπόλλωνος κτισθέντων τειχῶν τῆς Τροίας. 6τὸ δὲ ὡς τοῦ ὀλλύμενον εἰ μὲν ἀντὶ τοῦ λίαν ἐρεῖς, πρὸς τὸ στένω συνάψεις, εἰ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ καθά, πρὸς τὸ ὀλλύμενον. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: The paraphrase of (the passage beginning) ‘Ilium Ilium’ is as follows: O Ilium Ilium, Phrygian city with fertile soil and rich earth, I lament and wail for you in foreign cry a ‘chariot-song’, that is, a delicate song, as being destroyed, that is, (already) destroyed because of the bird-begotten swan-winged eye of Helen, the cub and offspring of beauty and of lovely Leda, (Helen who is) the Erinys and destruction of the polished Apollonian citadel, that is, the walls of Troy built by Apollo. And the ‘hōs’ related to (i.e., before) ‘ollumenon’, if you will interpret is as equivalent to ‘lian’ (‘very much’), you will attach it to ‘I lament’, but if as equivalent to ‘katha’ (‘as’), to ‘ollumenon’ (‘being destroyed’).
POSITION: cont. from sch. 1391.01 ZZaZlZmT (but marked off with bracket in Zm), follows same Gu
APP. CRIT.: 1 τοῦ] τὸ ZmGu | ἔχει om. Zl | 2 Ἴλιον Ἴλιον] ἴλιον once ZlTGu, om. Zm | after ἄστυ add. καὶ T | 3 ὀλούμενον T | 4 καλλοσύνας ZmT | 5 second τὴν om. Zl | περγ. τῶν ἀπολλ. T [Zl] | ὑπ’ om. Zl | 6 τὸ δὲ (app.) changed to τοῦ δὲ Za | first τοῦ] τὸ Zl | first ὀλλύμενον] ὀλούμενον T, ὀλόμενον Gu | second ὀλλύμενον] ὀλούμενον T [Zl]
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 σὲ ZZaGu | 5 τείχων Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.300,23–301,3
Or. 1381.05 (1381–1387) (vet exeg) Ἴλιον Ἴλιον: 1ἐρωτηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ χοροῦ πάλιν εἶπεν ὁ Φρὺξ Ἴλιον Ἴλιον ὤμοι μοι· 2τό τε Ἴλιον καὶ τὴν καλλίβωλον Ἴδην τῇ ἐμαυτοῦ βαρβάρῳ φωνῇ στένω. 3ὁ δὲ λόγος· στένω τὰ εἰρημένα ἀπολόμενα διὰ τὸ τῆς Ἑλένης κάλλος. 4καὶ τὸ ἁρμάτειον μέλος τὸ ἐπὶ κακοῖς ᾀσθέν. —MBC, partial H
TRANSLATION: When asked by the chorus the Phrygian in turn said ‘Ilium Ilium omoi moi’. (Paraphrase:) I lament for both Ilium and fertile-soiled Ida in my own foreign tongue. And the sense is: I lament for the things mentioned, destroyed because of the beauty of Helen. And the ‘harmateion melos’ (‘chariot song’) is one sung in bad circumstances.
LEMMA: BC REF. SYMBOL: HMB
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἐρωτ. … ὤμοι μοι om. H (but cf. end of sch. 1373.02) | ὁ φρύξ transp. before ὑπὸ B | 2 στένω om. HMC | 4 καὶ τὸ κτλ om. H | ἐπὶ τοῖς κακοῖς Arsen. (edd. through Dindorf) | ἀσθενεῖν M, κἀσθέν C
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὦμοι μοί M, ὤιμοι μοί B | 3 ἀπολλόμενα C | 4 ἀρμάτειον M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.219,6–9; Dind. II.300,11–16
Or. 1382.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨καλλίβωλον⟩: καὶ καλὴν γῆν ἔχον —CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἔχων CrOx
Or. 1382.09 (rec gloss) ⟨καλλίβωλον⟩: εὔκαρπον —AaFPrSaGu2
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FPr | ἄκαρπον Sa, ἔνκαρπον app. Aa
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.301,4
Or. 1382.10 (rec gloss) ⟨καλλίβωλον⟩: λιπαρόγεων —Rf
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The word is fairly rare; λιπαρόγεων occurs twice in Eustathius.
KEYWORDS: rare word | Eustathius
Or. 1382.11 (thom gloss) ⟨καλλίβωλον⟩: εὔγειον —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.301,4
Or. 1382.12 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καλλίβωλον⟩: εὐδοκοῦν(?) —B3a
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The second part of the word is faint and uncertain, but the word is clearly not εὔκαρπον or εὔγειον.
Or. 1383.07 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ὄρος ἱερὸν⟩: κείμενον —B3a
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The sense of this gloss is unclear to me.
Or. 1383.08 (thom exeg) ⟨ἱερὸν⟩: διὰ τὸ τιμᾶσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ Δία καὶ Ἥραν —ZmGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Holy’) because Zeus and Hera were honored on it.
REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: intermarg. Zm, s.l. Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.301,5–6
Or. 1383.09 (thom exeg) ⟨ἱερὸν⟩: μέγα ἢ θεῖον —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Hieron’ means) ‘great’ or ‘belonging to the gods’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: μέγα ἢ] om. Za | ἢ om. Z
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.301,5
Or. 1384.01 (1384–1386) (rec wdord) word order α (στένω), β (διὰ τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθ.), γ (σκύμνου), δ (λήδας) —Mn
Or. 1384.02 (1384–1385) (mosch exeg) ⟨ὡς σ’ ὀλόμενον στένω⟩: 1λίαν σε στένω, ἤγουν θρηνῶ, φθαρὲν ἁρμάτειον μέλος βαρβάρῳ βοῇ, 2ἤγουν θρηνῶ σε θρῆνον ἁρμάτειον βαρβάρῳ βοῇ. 3ἁρμάτειον δὲ θρῆνον λέγουσιν εἶναι ὃν ἐποίησαν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἕκτορι ἑλκομένῳ διὰ τοῦ ἅρματος. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGr
TRANSLATION: Very much I lament you, that is, mourn (you), since you have been destroyed, (lamenting) with a chariot-song in a foreign cry, in other words, I deliver for you a chariot-dirge with a foreign cry. And they say that a chariot-dirge is the one they made over Hector when he was being dragged with the chariot.
LEMMA: G, ὡς ὀλόμενον στένω Y(σ’ om., as in text) POSITION: XaXb start s.l., continue as part of side block
APP. CRIT.: 1 σε om. YYf | 3 ὃν] οἳ G
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.302,6–9
Or. 1384.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ὡς⟩: ἢ λίαν ἢ ὅτι —M2
TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs’ means) either ‘very much’ or ‘because’.
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg.
Or. 1384.04 (thom exeg) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν ἢ καθὰ —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs’ means) ‘very much’ or ‘as’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1384.05 (recMosch exeg) ⟨ὡς⟩: λίαν —AaAbFMnPrRSaT+GZb2ZcrB3a
TRANSLATION: (‘Hōs’ means) ‘very much’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. AaZcr
COMMENT: T marks this as Moschopulean because of its use in the Moschopulean paraphrase (sch. 1484.02).
Or. 1384.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: ὀλλύμενον —ZlZm
TRANSLATION: (For aorist participle ‘olomenon’, ‘destroyed’, there is an variant reading, present participle) ‘ollumenon’ (‘being destroyed’).
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: While Zm makes the variant clear by adding λλυ above λο, Zl writes only upsilon above omicron.
Or. 1384.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: καὶ φθειρόμενον —FMnCrOx
LEMMA: ὀλλ‑ in text Mn POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ om. Mn
Or. 1384.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ὀλόμενον⟩: ἀπολεσθὲν —ZZbZlZmTGu
LEMMA: in text ὀλλύμενον ZZa, ὀλούμενον T POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀπολοσθὲν Zb, ἀπολυθὲν Zl
Or. 1384.11 (pllgn exeg) ⟨στένω ἁρμάτειον ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: στένω σε στεναγμόν —Zm
TRANSLATION: (The construction of this phrase is on the epattern of) ‘I lament over you a lamentation’ (that is, with both a personal object and an internal accusative).
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1384.12 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨στένω ἁρμάτειον ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: θρηνῶ σε θρῆνον ἁρμάτειον —G
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1385.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: τινὲς τοῦτο παρεπιγραφὴν εἶναι ὡς εἰς τὰ κωμικὰ δράματα. —MBCPrSa
TRANSLATION: Some say that this phrase (‘harmateion harmateion melos’) is a stage direction (and not part of the text to be sung by the actor), as (is found applied) to comic dramas.
LEMMA: ἀρμ‑ ἀρμ‑ in text M REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. CPrSa (displaced to right of sch. 1387.11 PrSa); cont. (after dicolon) from sch. 1381.05, add. δὲ. B
APP. CRIT.: τοῦτο om. Sa | παρεπιγραφὴν] Dind., παρεπίγραφον MBC, παρεπιγράφουσιν PrSa | εἶναι φα(σιν) B, εἶναι φησίν PrSa | εἰς om. BPrSa, add. s.l. B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.219,11; Dind. II.300,16–17
KEYWORDS: παρεπιγραφή
Or. 1385.02 (vet exeg) ἁρμάτειον μέλος: 1ἁρμάτειον μέλος τὸν θρῆνόν φησι τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἑλκυσμῷ τοῦ Ἕκτορος γενόμενον, ἵν’ ᾖ οὕτως· 2τὸ Ἴλιον καὶ τὴν Ἴδην, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἕκτορα καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ μέλος θρηνῶ βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ. 3ἔνιοι δὲ ἁρμάτειον τὸν ὑμέναιον, τὸν ἐπὶ ἅρμασι τῶν νυμφῶν ᾀδόμενον, ὡς ἐπιθαλάμιον. 4τούτου γὰρ, φασὶν, ὁ Φρὺξ ὑπομιμνησκόμενος στενάζει τὸν Ἑλένης γάμον καὶ ὑμέναιον. 5οἱ δὲ ἁρμάτειον τὸ σύντονον, ἐπεὶ συντόνῳ φωνῇ κέχρηται. —MC, partial HPrRfSa
TRANSLATION: By ‘harmateion melos’ (‘chariot-song’) he means the dirge that accompanied the dragging of Hector, so that the sense is as follows: With foreign cry I sing a lament for Ilium and Ida, and moreover for Hector too and and the song for him. But some (interpret) ‘harmateion’ as ‘humenaion’ (‘marriage-song’), the one sung beside the chariots of brides and grooms as an epithalamion. For recalling this, they say, the Phrygian laments the marriage and humenaion of Helen. And others (interpret) ‘harmateion’ as ‘suntonon’ (‘high-pitched’)‚ since he used a high-pitched voice.
LEMMA: M(ἀρμ‑)PrSa, ἁρμάτειον C REF. SYMBOL: MRf POSITION: follows sch. 1385.06 with only high dot before lemma C
APP. CRIT.: H reported from Daitz, not visible on image | 1–4 om. H | 1 ἁρμάτειον μέλος om. PrSa | after ἀρμ. add. γὰρ MC | φασι M, φασὶν Rf | τοῦ] τὸν Rf, partially corrected to του | γενόμενον] PrRfSa (cf. Photius and Eust. in comment, sch. 1385.05–06, 1385.14), γιν‑ MC | 2 τὴν ἴλιον Rf | 2–5 ἔτι δὲ κτλ om. Sa | 2 δὲ om. Rf | 2–5 ἕκτορα καὶ κτλ om. Pr, add. μὲν and blank space after καὶ τὸν | 2 ἕκτορος Rf | τούτῳ] τούτου M | θρηνᾶ M | 3–5 ἔνιοι δὲ κτλ om. Rf | 3 after ὑμέν. add. φασὶ C | 4 τούτου] Schwartz, τοῦτο MC | φασιν] Schwartz, φη(σιν) MC | 5 τὸ] H, τὸν MC
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀρματεῖον M | θρῆνον φησὶ CPrSa | 2 θρήνω Rf | 3 ἀρμάτειον M | 4 γάρ C | 5 ἀρματειον (sic) M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.219,13–220,2; Dind. II.301,26–302,5
COMMENT: The lexicographic tradition preserves a fuller range of ancient interpretations and assigns some to specific scholars whose names have dropped out of the tradition of the extant scholia. Therefore, translations are provided here as if these notices were scholia in our manuscript tradition. | (1) Hesych. α 7302 ἁρμάτειον μέλος· … ἔνιοι δὲ τὸν τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς νόμον, ἄλλοι τὸ ταχὺ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος. | Translation of (1). [lost explanation(s)] And some (say ‘harmateion melos’ refers to) the nomos-tune of Athena, others (say that it means) ‘swift’ from (the swiftness of) the chariot. | (2) Photius α 2835 ἁρμάτειον μέλος· (a) Ἴων μὲν τὸν ἱππόθορον νόμον ὃν ᾄδουσι Φρύγες ὅταν αὐτοῖς οἱ ὄνοι ὀχεύωσιν. (b) οἱ δὲ †ἁρμάτθιον† γεγράφθαι φασὶ δεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ συνθέντος τὸν τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς νόμον Ὁρμαθοῦ Βοιωτίου. (c) οἱ δὲ τὸ ⟨ἐπὶ τῷ⟩ ἑλκυσμῷ τοῦ Ἕκτορος μέλος γενόμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ θρήνου Τρῳάδων. (d) οἱ δὲ τὸ ὀξὺ καὶ ὅμοιον τῷ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀξόνων καὶ τροχῶν. (e) οἱ δὲ τὸ μητρῷον· τὴν γὰρ μητέρα τῶν θεῶν ἐφ’ ἁρμάτων ἐξάγεσθαι. (f) οἱ δὲ τὸ ταχὺ καὶ ἐπεσπευσμένον [Mastr., ἀπεσπασμένον codex] ἀπὸ τοῦ δρόμου τοῦ τῶν ἁρμάτων. (g) οἱ δὲ παρεγγραφὴν εἶναι τὸ ἁρμάτειον μέλος ἐν τῷ ἐκ τοῦ Ὀρέστου ἐξαγγέλῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀπὸ μέρους τοῦ ᾄσματος. (h) ὁ Δίδυμος οὖν τούτοις ἅπασιν ἀντειπὼν τὸν ἐπᾳδόμενόν φησι ὑμέναιον ταῖς νύμφαις διότι ἐφ’ ἁρμάτων ἤγοντο. | Translation of (2). ‘Harmateion melos’: (a) Ion says (it is) the horse-mounting tune that the Phrygians sing when their asses are mating. (b) Others say the word ought to be written ‘harmatthion’(?) after Hormathos the Boeotian who composed the nomos-tune for Athena. (c) Others that it is the song that took place upon the dragging of Hector (that came about) from the lamenting of the Trojan women. (d) Others that it is a song that is shrill and like the sound produced from the axles and wheels (of chariots). (e) Others that it is the song for the (Great) Mother; for (they say) the mother of the gods is carried out (in procession) on chariots. (f) Others that it is a swift and hurried song from the (quick) running of chariots. (g) Others say that the ‘harmateion melos’ in the (speech of) the messenger from indoors in the Orestes is an insertion and not part of the song. (h) Didymus, then, having opposed all these (explanations), says it is the marriage-song sung for brides because they were carried in chariots. | Notes on (2). For ἐπεσπευσμένον there are four parallels in TLG; most relevant Hesych. ε 5359 s.v. ἐπιτροπάδην, where the interpolated ἐπεσπευσμένος is to be viewed as a corruption of ἐπεσπευσμένως, a displaced gloss for ἐπιτροχάδην, as recognized by H. Stephanus, Thes. III.1629F; perhaps, indeed, the whole entry ἐπιθέτως, οὐκ ἀπὸ ψυχῆς, ἐπεσπευσμένως should be ascribed to ἐπιτροχάδην, since there is no etymological reason for ἐπιτροπάδην (a hapax; Musurus for ἐπιτροπάδ(ες)) to have this sense. One may wonder whether παρεγγραφὴν (in its three other attestations a pejorative term for deliberate fraudulent interpolation) should be emended to παρεπιγραφὴν, but Photius may simply have meant that it is an insertion within the text without specifying its original function. | (3) Et. Gen. α 1203 (trivial variants ignored) ἁρμάτειον μέλος· μέλος τι οὕτω καλούμενον· Εὐριπίδης ἐν Ὀρέστῃ ‘ἁρμάτειον μέλος βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ’. εἴρηται δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπιβοηθῆναι τῷ Ἕκτορι ἐκ τοῦ Ἀχιλλέως ἅρματος ἑλκομένῳ. ἢ ὅτι ἐπὶ ἅρματος Φρύγες ἄγοντες τὴν μητέρα τῶν θεῶν μέλος τι ἐπεφθέγγοντο, ὅπερ ἐκ τοῦ παρεπομένου μέλος ἁρμάτειον ὠνόμασται. οἱ δὲ ὅτι τὸ παλαιὸν τὰς παρθένους γαμουμένας ἐπὶ ὀχήματος ἦγον, ὅθεν καὶ παρόχους τοὺς παρανύμφους ἐκάλουν, καὶ τὰ ἐπᾳδόμενα μέλη καὶ τὸν ὑμέναιον ἀπὸ τοῦ φέροντος τὴν νύμφην μέλος ἁρμάτειον ἐκάλουν. ἄλλοι δὲ ὅτι Ἁρματεύς τις εἰς Ἀθηνᾶν ἔγραψε μέλος σύντονον, ὅπερ ἀπὸ τοῦ εὑρόντος ἁρμάτειον εἰκότως ἐκλήθη. ἄλλοι δέ φασιν ἀπὸ τοῦ συντόνου καὶ ἐσπευσμένου δρόμου τοῦ ἅρματος τὰ σύντονα μέλη ἁρμάτεια καλεῖσθαι. ἄλλοι δὲ ὅτι ὁ ἦχος τοῦ ἅρματος ὀξὺς καὶ λεπτὸς γίνεται· τὸν οὖν ὀξὺν καὶ λεπτὸν φθόγγον ἁρμάτειον ἐκ τούτου ὁ Εὐριπίδης ἐκάλεσεν καὶ εὐνοῦχον εἰσάγει λέγοντα· τοιαῦται δὲ τῶν εὐνούχων αἱ φωναί. οὕτω Δίδυμος καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος [fr. 7 Dyck = 16 Vix]. ἢ παρὰ τὸ{ν} ἁρμόν, ὃ σημαίνει τὸν πόλεμον τῇ τῶν Φρυγῶν διαλέκτῳ, †φησὶ† Παλαμήδης ἱστορεῖ ὁ τὴν κωμικὴν λέξιν συναγαγών. Μεθόδιος. | Translation of (3). ‘Harmateion melos’: a certain song so named: Euripides in Orestes, ‘harmateion song with foreign voice’. The term was created from the fact that (this song) was loudly voiced for Hector when he was being dragged behind Achilles’s chariot. Or because the Phrygians when conducting the mother of the gods on a chariot uttered a certain song along with it, which from the accompanying circumstance has been named ‘harmateion’ song. Others (say it is) because in ancient times they used to conduct girls being taken in marriage on a chariot, whence they also used to call the groomsmen ‘parochoi’ (‘those riding beside’), and from the vehicle carrying her they called the songs being sung for her and the bridal hymn ‘harmateion’. Others (say it is) because a certain Harmateus wrote a high-pitched song in honor of Athena, which was fittingly called ‘harmateion’ after the originator. And others say that high-pitched (‘suntona’) songs are called ‘harmateia’ from the rapid (‘suntonou’) and hastened running of the chariot. Others (say it is) because the sound of the chariot is shrill and delicate/thin: so Euripides called the shrill and delicate/thin voice ‘harmateion’ for this reason and he brings on stage a eunuch speaking—for such are the voices of eunuchs. Thus Didymus and Alexander. Or from the word ‘harmon’(?), which means ‘war’ in the dialect of the Phrygians, as Palamedes reports, the one who compiled the comic vocabulary. Methodius (records this). | Note on (3): For the scholar Alexander of Cotiaeon, see Lehrs 1837: 7–16 (passing mention of this passage p. 13), Dyck 1991, Vix 2018. One may wonder, however, whether καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος might be a corruption of ὁ Ἀλεξανδρεύς. | (4) Et. Magn. 145,25–47 has an entry that is the same except for a few trivial variations, and it also adds at the end another sentence comparable to the first sentence in Photius, ἢ τὸν ἱπποθόρον ὃν ᾄδουσι Φρύγες ἐπεὶ ὀχοῦνται ἵπποι (Or the horse-mounting (tune) that the Phrygians sing when horses are mating). | (5) Eust. in Il. 22.395–404 [IV.640,5–8] μνηστέον δ’ ἐνταῦθα ὅτι τὸ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ ἁρμάτειον μέλος ἐξηγοῦνται μὲν καὶ ἄλλως οἱ παλαιοί, φασὶ δὲ εἶναι αὐτὸ καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τῷ ῥηθέντι ἑλκυσμῷ τοῦ Ἕκτορος γενόμενον μέλος ἀπὸ τοῦ θρήνου τῶν Τρῳάδων. | Translation of (5). One must mention here that the prhase ‘harmateion melos’ in Euripides the ancients explicate otherwise and they say it is in fact the song that took place upon the aforementioned dragging of Hector (that cam about) from the lamenting of the Trojan women | (6) ps.-Plut. de musica 1133E-F τὸν δὲ καλούμενον Ἁρμάτειον νόμον λέγεται ποιῆσαι ὁ πρῶτος Ὄλυμπος, ὁ Μαρσύου μαθητής. … ὅτι δ’ ἐστὶν Ὀλύμπου ὁ Ἁρμάτειος νόμος, ἐκ τῆς Γλαύκου συγγραφῆς τῆς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀρχαίων ποιητῶν (FHG II 23 fr. 3 = fr. 2 Lanata) μάθοι ἄν τις, καὶ ἔτι γνοίη ὅτι Στησίχορος ὁ Ἱμεραῖος οὔτ’ Ὀρφέα οὔτε Τέρπανδρον οὔτ’ Ἀρχίλοχον οὔτε Θαλήταν ἐμιμήσατο, ἀλλ’ Ὄλυμπον, χρησάμενος τῷ Ἁρματείῳ νόμῳ καὶ τῷ κατὰ δάκτυλον εἴδει, ὅ τινες ἐξ Ὀρθίου νόμου φασὶν εἶναι. ἄλλοι δέ τινες ὑπὸ Μυσῶν εὑρῆσθαι τοῦτον τὸν νόμον· γεγονέναι γάρ τινας ἀρχαίους αὐλητὰς Μυσούς. | Translation of (6). The first Olympus, the student of Marsyas, is said to have created the so-called ‘Harmateios nomos’. … From the treatise of Glaucus concerning the ancient poets one may learn that the ‘Harmateios nomos’ is that of Olympus, and one would also learn that Stesichorus of Himera imitated neither Orpheus nor Terpander nor Archilochus nor Thaletas, but Olympus, since he (Stesichorus) used the ‘Harmateios nomos’ and the dactylic form, which some say is derived from the ‘Orthios nomos’. But others say that this nomos was invented by Mysians, for (they say) some ancient aulos-players were Mysians. | Note on (6). The relevance of the ἁρμάτειος νόμος to this issue is uncertain. See West 1971: 310 for a claim that it is, and Barker 1984: 249–255 for a more sceptical approach, esp. 253, ‘The ancient scholiasts and etymologists present a bewildering selection of possible explanations for this title, from which we can conclude only that they did not know what it meant’.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1385.03 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: 1]ν̣υ̣ν̣ο̣μ̣ε̣ν̣ θρῆνον ἀναβοῶ: 2ἔνιοι δὲ ὀξύφωνον ὑπὸ τῷ τῶν ἀξονί / [ων ἤχων … ] φωναὶ ὄντας: 3οἱ δὲ ἁρμάτειον τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς Ῥέας ⟨ … ⟩ φασι τὸν [ —H
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: as reported by Daitz, not visible on his image | 1 perhaps e.g. [τὸν ἐπὶ Ἕκτορι γε]νόμεν(ον) θρῆνον | φωναὶ] corrupt or incorrectly read
COLLATION NOTES: Check H new images when available
Or. 1385.04 (rec exeg) ἄλλως: 1νόμον Ἀθηνᾶς φασι διὰ τὸ Ἁρματέα τινὰ Βοιωτὸν αὐτὸ συνθεῖναι, οἱ δὲ ἁρμάτειον τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος τῆς Ῥέας γινόμενον. 2ἔνιοι δὲ ἁρμάτειον τὸ ὀξύφωνον ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπαξονίων ἤχων. —C
TRANSLATION: They say it (‘harmateion melos’) is a tune of Athena because a certain Harmateus from Boeotia composed it, but others say ‘harmateion’ means the one that is produced from the chariot of Rhea. And some say that ‘harmateion’ means ‘shrill-voiced’ (derived) from the noise made by axles.
APP. CRIT.: 1 βιωτὸν C | 2 τὸ] Schw., τὸν C | ἤχων] Schw., ἦχον C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.220,3–5
Or. 1385.05 (pllgn exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὸν θρῆνον καὶ τὸ μέλος ἀναβοῶ τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἅρματι γενόμενον ἐξ οὗ εἵλκετο ὁ Ἕκτωρ ὑπ’ Ἀχιλλέως. 2τούτου γὰρ, φασὶ, τελευτήσαντος τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπώλετο. —C, partial H
TRANSLATION: I cry out the lament and the song that took place over the chariot from which Hector was dragged by Achilles. For, they say, when he (Hector) died, Troy was destroyed.
LEMMA: C POSITION: marg. H
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸν θρῆνον … ἐπὶ τῷ (or something like it) lost to damage H | ἐξ οὗ] Schw., ἐφ’ οὗ H, ἐφ’ ὧ C | εἵλκετο] H (already Schw. without note), εἵλετο C | 2 τούτου γὰρ κτλ om. H | γὰρ, φασὶ] Mastr., γάρ φησι C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.220,6–8
Or. 1385.06 (vet exeg) ἁρμάτειον μέλος: 1τὸ ἁρμάτειον μέλος ὁ Δίδυμος [p. 245, #16 Schmidt = F 203 C.–Pr.] φησὶν ὠνομάσθαι ὅτι αἱ ἀρχαῖαι παρθένοι εἰς τοὺς θαλάμους διὰ τῶν ἁρμάτων ἤγοντο· 2ὅθεν ἔτι καὶ νῦν πάροχοι λέγονται ἀπὸ τοῦ †τοῖς ὄχεσι παρεδεῖσθαι† καὶ ὑμέναιον ᾄδειν. 3τὸ δὲ ᾀδόμενον ἁρμάτειον ἐκάλουν {ἀπὸ τοῦ ταῖς παρθένοις διὰ τῶν ἁρμάτων ἀγομέναις παρεδεῖσθαι}, ὡς ἐπιθαλάμιον ⟨τὸ⟩ ἐν τοῖς θαλάμοις. 4ὅθεν τοίνυν ὁ βάρβαρος, ἐπειδὴ συνέβη ὁ τῆς Ἑλένης γάμος ὃν Πάρις συνετέλεσεν ἐπὶ κακῷ τοῖς Τρωσὶ γενέσθαι, καὶ τὸν αὐτοῖς ὑμέναιον ᾀσθέντα κατὰ ἀνάμνησιν ἀναστενάζει, τὸν ἐπὶ κακῷ τοῖς Τρῳσὶν {ὑμέναιον} ἐπιτελεσθέντα. 5ὅτι δὲ οὕτως ἔχει, ἐπιφέρει [1386–1387] ‘διὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα κυκνόπτερον καλλοσύνας Λήδας’ ὡς δῆλον εἶναι τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ Ἑλένῃ δι’ ἅρματος ᾀσθέντα. 6ἔνιοι δὲ ἁρμάτειον τὸν θρῆνόν φασι τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἅρματι γενόμενον ἐξ οὗ εἵλκετο ὁ Ἕκτωρ. 7ἀναιρεθέντος γὰρ Ἕκτορος ⟨τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπώλετο⟩. 8Ἀπολλόδωρος ὁ Κυρηναῖος [fonte 7 Carlesimo] παρεπιγραφὴν λέγει εἶναι τὸ †ἁρμόδιον, ὦ Ἴλιον†. 9εἰ δὲ ἦν παρεπιγραφή, ἅπαξ ἂν ἐπεγράφετο {τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπώλετο}. 10ἔνιοι δὲ τὸν ἐκπεπηδηκότα Φρύγα εὐνοῦχον φασὶν εἶναι, τοὺς δὲ εὐνούχους ἐπιεικῶς ὀξυφώνους ὑπάρχειν. 11τὸ οὖν ὀξύτονον ἁρμάτειον αὐτὸν φάναι διὰ τὸ τὸν ὑπαξόνιον τῶν ἁρμάτων ἦχον ἀνατεταμένον τε καὶ ὀξὺν εἶναι. 12ὅτι δὲ εὐνοῦχος ἦν, φησὶν [1528]· ‘οὔτε ⟨γὰρ⟩ γυνὴ πέφυκας, οὔτ’ ἐν ἀνδράσιν σύ γ’ εἶ’. 13καὶ πάλιν [1530] ‘ὀξὺ γὰρ βοῆς ἀκοῦσαν Ἄργος ἐξεγείρεται’. 14εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι αἰτίαι ἃς ἐκτίθεται ὁ ὑπομνηματισάμενος. —BC, partial PrSa
TRANSLATION: Didymus says that the ‘harmateion’ song was named thus because maidens in the old days used to be conducted to the bridal chambers with chariots. Whence even still now ‘parochoi’ (‘riders beside, groomsmen’) are spoken of from sitting(?) beside the girls being conducted in the chariots(?) and singing a marriage-song. And they called what was sung ‘harmateion’ [interpolated words, displaced alternative to earlier phrase], just as that sung at the bridal chambers (‘thalamois’, is called) ‘epithalamion’. This is why, then, the foreigner, because it turned out that the marriage of Helen that Paris accomplished occurred with a bad result for the Trojans, laments in remembrance also the marriage-song sung by them, the one accomplished with a bad result for the Trojans. And that this is the case (is shown by the fact that) he says ‘because of the bird-begotten swan-winged eye of the beauty of Leda’ so that the marriage-song sung for Helen during the chariot-ride is clear. Some say that ‘harmateion’ is the song of lament that took place over the chariot from which Hector was dragged. For when Hectot was killed, ⟨Ilium was destroyed⟩. Apollodous of Cyrene says that the phrase [corruption] is a stage-direction. But if it were a stage-direction, then it (‘harmateion’) would have been added in once(, not twice). And some say the Phrygian who has leapt outside is a eunuch, and that eunuchs suitably are shrill-voiced. Thus (they argue) he says that which is high-pitched is ‘harmateion’ because the sound made by the axles of chariots is stretched tight and high. And (as proof) that he was a eunuch, he (Orestes, or Euripides?) says ‘For neither are you by nature a woman, nor are you (to be counted) among men’, and again ‘Having heard a cry sharply (voiced), Argos is aroused’. And there are also other explanations which the commentator sets forth.
LEMMA: BC REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: precedes sch. 1385.01 C; follows sch. 1387.02 PrSa
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸν θάλαμον PrSa | ὀχούμεναι add. before ἤγοντο PrSa | 2 τοῖς ὄχεσι παρεδεῖσθαι] BC, τ. ὄχ. παραδίδοσθαι Pr, τ. ὄχ. παρὸ διδόσθαι (sic) Sa, | {τοῖς ὄχεσι} παροχεῖσθαι Schw. (παροχεῖσθαι Heath 1762: Eur. section, p. 20), perhaps e.g. ⟨ταῖς ἐν⟩ τοῖς ὄχεσι⟨ν ἀγομέναις/ὀχουμέναις παρθένοις⟩ παρεδεῖσθαι Mastr. | καὶ ὑμέναιον ᾄδειν] ὑμέναιον C, ⟨ … ⟩ ὑμέναιον ᾄδειν Schw. | 3 ἀοιδόμενον C | ἀπὸ … παρεδεῖσθαι om. PrSa, del. Schw. (after τὸ δὲ ᾀδόμενον … παρεδεῖσθαι del. Dindorf) | ἀπὸ τοῦ om. C | ἐπιθαλάμιον] ἐπὶ θαλάμιον C, ἐπὶ θαλάμου PrSa | second τὸ suppl. Schw. | 4 first ὁ om. C | αὐτοῖς] αὐτῆς Sa | ᾀσθέντα] ἀχθέντα PrSa | εἰς ἀνάμνησιν ἀναστένει PrSa | τὸν ἐπὶ] τὴν ἐπὶ PrSa | second ὑμέναιον del. Schw. | 5–14 ὅτι δὲ οὕτως κτλ om. PrSa | 5 ὅτι δὲ οὕτως … ᾀσθέντα om. B | τὸ suppl. Schw. | τᾶς] Schw., τὰς C | κυκνόπτερον] Schw., κυκλόπτερον C | 6 φησι C, app. a.c. B | ἅρματι] Schw., ἕκτορι C, ἑλκυσμῶ τοῦ ἕκτορος B (adopted by earlier edd.) | ἐξ οὗ … ἕκτωρ om. B | ἐξ οὗ] Schw., ἐφ’ οὗ C | 7 τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπώλετο transp. here from end of 9 Schw. | 8 παρεπιγραφὴν λέγει] Kirchhoff 1855: I.413 (cf. sch. 1485.01), ἐπιγράφει λέγων BC | ἁρμόδιον ὦ Ἴλιον] ἁρμάτειον μέλος εἰς τὸ Ἴλιον conj. Schw., ἁρμάτειον {ὦ Ἴλιον} Dyck 1981, ἁρμόδιον τῷ Ἴλιον (om. τὸ) Kirchhoff, | 9 παρεπιγραφὴ] Arsen. (MeMuPh), γράφου BC | 10 ὑπάρχειν] πάσχειν C | 11 first τὸ ] Arsen. (MeMuPh), τὸν BC | τὸν om. C | ὑπαξόνων C | γὰρ suppl. Barnes from Or. 1528 | 13 ἀκοῦσαν] Dind. from Or. 1530, ἐπακοῦσαν B(MeMuPh)C, ὐπακοῦσαν (sic) Arsen. (ὑπ‑ ed. Hervag. 1544) | ἐπεγείρεται C | 14 αἷς C | ἀπομνημ- C
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φη() B | ὠνομᾶσθαι all (corr. Matthiae) | αἱ ἀρχαὶ αἱ παρθ. PrSa | δια Sa | ὀρνιθογόνον C | 6 ἁρματεῖον B | θρῆνον φασὶ B | 11 ἁρμάτεῖον B (perhaps ἀρμ‑) | ἀνατεταμμένον C | τὲ BC | 12 ἀνδράσι BC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.220,9–221,2; Dind. II.301,7–24
COMMENT: At the corrupt place in sent. 8, there has perhaps been a saut du même au même causing the omission of ἁρμάτειον and most of an additional sentence with yet another view, relating ἁρμάτειον to the root of ἁρμόζω/ἁρμόττω, and that sentence could have ended with, e.g., Kirchhoff’s ἁρμόδιον τῷ Ἴλιον. Note that the use of ἁρμόζον in sch. 1385.10–11 and 1385.25 reflects this sort of explanation. Solutions that simply change ἁρμόδιον (Schwartz, Dyck) are less probable, in my view. | Note that in 12 the interpreter is improperly taking ὀξὺ in 1530 as applying to the cry heard rather than to Argos or its arousal. Several scholia on 1530 paraphrase ὀξὺ with ὀξέως, but glosses in ZcCrOx apply it to the cry (sch. 1530.08–09).
KEYWORDS: citation of historian or scholar | Didymus | Apollodorus of Cyrene | παρεπιγραφή
Or. 1385.07 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ὁ λόγος οὕτως· τὸ Ἴλιον καὶ τὴν Ἴδην, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἕκτορα καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τῶ ἑλκυσμῷ τούτου μέλος θρηνῶ βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ. —B
TRANSLATION: The sense is as follows: With foreign cry I sing a song of lament for Ilium and Ida, and moreover for Hector too and and the song upon the dragging of that man.
POSITION: follows sch. 1385.06 after three-dot punct.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221, app. at 2; Dind. II.301,24–25
COMMENT: This is a version of sent. 1–2 of sch. 1385.02.
Or. 1385.08 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: θρηνῶ ἐν βαρβάρων βοῇ μέλος ἁρμάτειον καί ὀξύφωνον. —Rw
TRANSLATION: I sing in the cry of foreigners a song that is ‘harmateion’, that is, shrill-voiced.
Or. 1385.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: θρηνῶ σε, ὦ Ἴλιον, καὶ θρηνῶν βοῶ ἐν βαρβάρων βοῇ τὸ μέλος καὶ τὸν ἦχον τὸ ἁρμάτειον καὶ τὸ ἀποτελούμενον ἀπὸ ἅρματος τοῦ Ἕκτορος. ὅτε γὰρ εἵλκετο ὑπ’ Ἀχιλλέως, ἤχει τὰ ἅρματα. —Rw
TRANSLATION: I lament for you, o Ilium, and in lamenting I cry out with the cry of foreigners the song and the resounding noise that is ‘harmateion’, that is, created by the chariot of Hector. For when he was being dragged by Achilles, the chariot made a resounding noise.
Or. 1385.10 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ἐγὼ βοῶ ἁρμόζον μέλος διὰ τὴν ὀλεθρίαν ⟨Ἑλένην⟩ βαρβαρικῇ φωνῇ. —Mn
TRANSLATION: I cry out with my foreign voice a fitting song because of destructive Helen.
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: ⟨Ἑλένην⟩ βαρβαρικῇ φωνῇ] Mastr., βαρβαρικὴν φονὴν Mn
COMMENT: For the implied etymology of ἁρμάτειον from ἁρμόζω, see comment on 1385.06.
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1385.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ἁρμόζον ἐγὼ βοῶ, φωνῶ —Ab
TRANSLATION: I cry out, I voice, a fitting cry.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: φονῶ Ab
Or. 1385.12 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: 1τὸ ἀρμάτειον μέλος ἀντὶ τοῦ λεπτὸν, ὀξύφωνον, παρόσον καὶ ὁ ἄξων τοῦ ἅρματος τοιαύτην ἀποπέμπει φωνὴν τρύζων. 2οὗτος οὖν ὡς εὐνοῦχος τοιαύτην εἶχε φωνήν. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: ‘Harmateion melos’ is used for delicate, shrill-voiced (song), in that the axle of the chariot also emits such a sound, screeching. So then, this character, as a eunuch, had a voice of this kind.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm POSITION: marg. Gu
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ om. ZlZmTGu | 2 ὡς] ὁ ZGu
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 παρ’ ὅσον Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.302,9–12
Or. 1385.13 (thom exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ἤγουν λεπτὸν, ὀξύφωνον· τοιαύτην γὰρ φωνὴν ὁ ἄξων τοῦ ἅρματος ἀποπέμπει τρύζων. —Zm
TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateion’,) that is, delicate, shrill-voiced. For such is the sound the axle of the chariot emits, screeching.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1385.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: 1ἁρμάτειον τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἅρματι γενόμενον ἐφ’ ᾧ εἵλκετο ὁ Ἕκτωρ ὑπ’ Ἀχιλλέως. 2τούτου γὰρ τελευτήσαντος τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπώλετο. 3ἢ ἁρμάτειον τὸ⟨ν⟩ ὀφύφωνον ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπαξονίων ἦχον τῆς ἁμάξης. ἴσμεν δὲ τοὺς εὐνούχους ὀξυφώνους ὄντας. —Y2
TRANSLATION: ‘Harmateion’, the one that occurred over the chariot on which Hector was dragged by Achilles. For when he died, Ilium was destroyed. Or the shrill-voiced sound from the undercarriage of the chariot. And we know that eunuchs are shrill-voiced.
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἅρματι γενόμενον] τῶ ἐπὶ τῶ ἕκτορι γινομένω Y2
COMMENT: A version of sent. 6 of sch. 1385.06, where C has the same corruption.
Or. 1385.15 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ὀλόμενον καὶ φθαρὲν διὰ τὸ ἁρμάτειον μέλος τὸ ἐπὶ τοῦ θαλάμου τῆς Ἑλένης. ἁρμάτειον δὲ τοῦτο φησὶν ἐπειδὴ μετὰ ἁρμάτων τὰς νύμφας πέμποντες μέλη τινὰ ᾖδον. —Zu
TRANSLATION: (Ilium) destroyed and ruined because of the ‘harmateion’ song, the one at the bridal chamber of Helen. And he calls this ‘harmateion’ because when escorting brides with chariots they used to sing certain songs.
Or. 1385.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἕκτορος γενόμενον θρῆνον —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateion song’, that is,) the mourning-song that occurred over Hector.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1385.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ὃν ἐποίησαν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἕκτορι ἑλκομένῳ διὰ τοῦ ἅρματος —GGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateion song’, that is, mourning-song) which they produced over Hector when he was being dragged by the chariot.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. G
COMMENT: ὃν is masculine because it assumes θρῆνον as antecedent, since that is the separate gloss on μέλος later in the line (sch. 1385.35).
Or. 1385.18 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ἁρμάτειον θρῆνον λέγουσι ὃν ἐποίησαν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἕκτορι ἑλκομένῳ. —Zc
TRANSLATION: They call ‘harmateion’ a song of mourning they produced over Hector when he was being dragged.
Or. 1385.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: ὀξύφωνον καὶ ὑψηλὸν θρήνημα —Aa
TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateion melos’, that is,) shrill-voiced and high song of mourning.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1385.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον μέλος⟩: διὰ μέσου —Mn
TRANSLATION: (The phrase ‘harmateion melos’ is) parenthetic.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου
Or. 1385.22 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον⟩: οἱ δὲ τὸ σύντονον· συντόνῳ γὰρ φωνῇ χρῆται. —H
TRANSLATION: And some (say ‘harmateion’ means) ‘high-pitched’; for he (the Phrygian eunuch) uses a high-pitched voice.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1385.23 (vet exeg) ⟨ἁρμάτειον⟩: τὸ σύντονον, ἐπεὶ συντόνῳ φωνῇ κέχρηται. —B
TRANSLATION: (‘Harmateion’, that is,) the high-pitched, since he (the Phrygian eunuch) used a high-pitched voice.
POSITION: intermarg.
APP. CRIT.: φωνῇ] Dind. (as if in B), φὴ() B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.302, app. at 4
COMMENT: These are the last words of sch. 1385.02 in MC.
Or. 1385.26 (rec gloss) ⟨ἁρμάτειον⟩: ὀξὺ καὶ ὑψηλὸν —MnPrSa
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. MnSa
Or. 1385.29 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨ἁρμάτειον⟩: ὀξύφωνον —Gu2T
POSITION: s.l., cont. from prev. with καὶ T, with ἢ Gu
Or. 1385.34 (rec gloss) ⟨μέλος⟩: θρῆνος —MnR
POSITION: s.l., above first ἀρμάτειον Mn
COMMENT: The nominative gloss perhaps goes with the view that the phrase is parenthetic (sch. 1385.20).
Or. 1385.35 (recThom gloss) ⟨μέλος⟩: θρῆνον —AbFZmGGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zm, καὶ prep. F
Or. 1386.01 (vet exeg) ⟨βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ⟩: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ τὸ στένω. —MBC
TRANSLATION: (With ‘with a foreign cry’) ‘I lament’ (is to be understoof) in common (from 1383).
POSITION: marg. M, intermarg. B, s.l. C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,3; Dind. II.302,13
KEYWORDS: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ/κατὰ κοινοῦ
Or. 1386.02 (rec exeg) ⟨βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ⟩: λείπει ‘ἐγὼ βοῶ’. —Mn
TRANSLATION: (With ‘with a foreign cry’) ‘I cry out’ is to be understood.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: λείπει
Or. 1386.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ⟩: διὰ τὸ εἶναι τὸν εὐνοῦχον {τὸν} Φρύγα —Y2
TRANSLATION: (‘Foreign cry’) because the eunuch is a Phrygian.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1386.04 (rec exeg) ⟨βαρβάρῳ βοᾷ⟩: ἤγουν αἲ αἲ —R
TRANSLATION: (‘Foreign cry’,) that is, ‘ai ai’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1387.01 (1387–1390) (mosch exeg) διὰ τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον: 1διὰ τὸ τῆς Δυσελένης τοῦ σκύμνου, ἤγουν τοῦ γεννήματος, τῆς καλλοσύνης τῆς Λήδας ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα κυκνόπτερον, 2ἤγουν διὰ τὸ κάλλος τῆς Δυσελένης, τοῦ γεννήματος τῆς καλλοσύνης, ἤγουν τῆς εὐμορφίας, τῆς Λήδας, 3τὸ ἐξ ὄρνιθος κυκνοπτέρου γεγεννημένον· 4τουτέστι διὰ τὴν Δυσελένην τὴν ἐξ ὄρνιθος κυκνοπτέρου, τοῦ Διὸς, γεγεννημένην, τὴν σκύμνον τοῦ κάλλους τῆς Λήδας, λέγω τὴν Ἐριννὺν, ἤγουν τὴν κατάραν, 5τῶν ξεστῶν περγάμων, ἤγουν τῶν εὐξέστων ὑψηλῶν οἰκημάτων τῶν Ἀπολλωνίων, τουτέστι τῶν τῆς Ἰλίου, ἥτις ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐτειχίσθη. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: Because of the bird-begotten swan-winged eye of Evil-Helen, the cub, that is, the offspring of the beauty of Leda, in other words, because of the beauty of Evil-Helen, the offspring of the beauty, or fairness of form, of Leda, (the eye/beauty) begotten from a swan-winged bird. That is to say, because of the Evil-Helen begotten from a swan-winged bird, Zeus, the cub of the beauty of Leda, I mean the Erinys, that is, curse, of the polished citadels, that is, the beautifully polished lofty Apollonian structures, that is to say those of Ilium, which was walled by Apollo.
LEMMA: G
APP. CRIT.: 1 Δυσελένης] ἑλένης G | τῆς σκύμνου Y | third τῆς om. XaXbT | after κυκνόπτερον G repeats ἤγουν τοῦ γεννήματος … κυκνόπτερον | 2 Δυσελένης] σελήνης Yf | after γεννήματος add. τοῦ σκύμνου Xa, but del. | second ἤγουν] ἤτοι G | ἤγουν add. before τῆς λήδας G | 3 γεγεννημένον] γεγενημένον XaT, a.c. Xo, γεγενημένου Yf, γενημένον Y | 4 Δυσελένην] ἑλένην a.c. Xb | τοῦ Διὸς om. Yf | γεγεννημένην] γεγενημένην XaTY, γεγενημένη Yf | 5 ξυστῶν XGr | περγάμων] πραγμάτων G | εὐξ. καὶ ὑψ. T | fourth τῶν om. G | Ἰλίου om., s.l. add. Yf | ὅστις Y
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 ἐξόρνιθος XXaY | 4 ἐξόρνιθος Y | ἐρινὺν Y, a.c. Xo
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,5–13
Or. 1387.02 (1387–1388) (vet exeg) διὰ τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα: 1στένω, φησὶ, τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπολόμενον διὰ τὴν δυσώνυμον Ἑλένην, δι’ ἣν καὶ ὁ Ἕκτωρ ἀνῃρέθη. 2εἴρηται δὲ ἑξῆς τοῦ ῥητοῦ ⟨τὸ⟩ διὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ τῆς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα κυκνόπτερον καλλοσύνας Λήδας. 3ὄμμα δὲ λέγει ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐπρεπεστάτου μάλιστα μέρους αὐτὴν ὀνομάσας. 4ὀρνιθόγονον δὲ αὐτὴν εἶπεν ὅτι μεταβληθεὶς ὁ Ζεὺς εἰς κύκνον ἐγέννησεν αὐτὴν τῇ Λήδᾳ συνελθών· 5τὸ δὲ ὀρνιθόγονον καὶ κυκνόπτερον τὸ αὐτὸ σημαίνει. 6τινὲς δὲ τὸ ὀρνιθόγονον ἐπὶ τῆς Λήδας ἐξεδέξαντο. 7φασὶ γὰρ αὐτὴν εἰς Νέμεσιν μεταβληθεῖσαν οὕτω συνελθεῖν τῷ κύκνῳ. 8καλλοσύνας δὲ Λήδας ἀντὶ τοῦ περικαλλεστάτης. 9ὁ δὲ λόγος· στένω τὸ Ἴλιον ἀπολόμενον διὰ τὸ τῆς δυσωνύμου Ἑλένης κάλλος, ἣν ἐγέννησε κύκνος τῇ περικαλλεστάτῃ Λήδᾳ συνελθών. —MBC, partial PrSa
TRANSLATION: I lament, he says, Ilium destroyed because of Helen of the inauspicious name, because of whom Hector was also killed. Spoken as a follow-up to the statement is the phrase ‘because of the bird-begotten swan-winged eye of the beauty of Leda’. He says ‘eye’ in naming her particularly from her most beautiful part. And he said she is ‘bird-begotten’ because after transforming himself into a swan Zeus begot her in intercourse with Leda. ‘Bird-begotten’ and ‘swan-winged’ have the same meaning. But some have interpreted ‘bird-begotten’ as applying to Leda. For they say that after she was transformed into Nemesis she thus had intercourse with the swan. ‘Beauty of Leda’ is equivalent to ‘supremely very beautiful (Leda)’. The run of the sense is: I lament for Ilium destroyed because of the beauty of Helen of the inauspicious name, whom a swan begot in intercourse with the very beautiful Leda.
LEMMA: MBC(τὰς)Sa, ὀρνιθογόνον δὲ ὄμμα Pr REF. SYMBOL: MB POSITION: between sch. 1385.02 and 1385.06 PrSa
APP. CRIT.: 1–3 στένω … ὀνομάσας om. PrSa | 1 στένω δὲ MC(δέ with φησι) | 2 εἴρηται] Mastr., εὕρηται MBC | ⟨τὸ⟩ διὰ ⟨τὸ⟩ suppl. Schw. | ὀρνιθόγονον] Schw., ὄρνιθος δὲ M, ὄρνιθος C, ὄρνιθος τὸ B | ὄμμα κυκνόπτερον] Schw., κυκν. ὄμμα transp. MBC | 3 after λέγει add. τὴν ἑλένην C | ὠνόμασεν M | 4 ὀρνιθ. … εἶπεν] τὴν ἑλένην φησὶν PrSa | μεταβληθὲν Sa, μεταβληθ()` Pr | ὁ ζεὺς om. PrSa | τὴν λήδ() M | 5 κυκνότ(α)τον PrSa | 6 τινὲς δὲ τὸ] τὸ δὲ MC | ἐξεδέξατο M, ἐδέξαντο PrSa | 7–9 φασὶ γὰρ κτλ om. PrSa | 7 καὶ add. before αὐτὴν C | 8 λήδας om. B | τοῦ om. C | παρακαλεστάτης C | 9 ὁ δὲ λόγος κτλ om. M, cont. into next by saut du même au même
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 τὸ ἥλιον B | ἀπολλόμενον C | 5 ὀρνιθογόνον Pr | 7 φα() B | οὕτως M | 8 καλοσύνας M | ἀντι C | 9 ἀπολλόμενον C | ἐγέννησεν B | περικαλεστάτῃ C
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,4–15; Dind. II.302,14–303,1
COMMENT: On sent. 2 εἴρηται: εὕρηται is normally used in scholia of what has been found transmitted in the copy or copies consulted. There is no exact parallel for either εἴρηται or εὕρηται in this phrase in scholia on drama, but for the use of εἴρηται compare Sch. Tricl. Arist Ran. 508b Chantry διὸ καὶ τὸ ἑξῆς πρὸς τοῦτ’ εἴρηται; Sch. rec. Arist. Aves 43a–b Holwerda τὰ δὲ ἄλλα μεταξὺ εἴρηται.
Or. 1387.03 (1377–1378) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1ὁ λόγος· στενάζω τὸ Ἴλιον ὀλόμενον διὰ τὸν σκύμνον Λήδας τῆς καλλοσύνας Ἑλένης τῆς Δυσελένης, περιφραστικῶς τὴν Ἑλένην. —MC
TRANSLATION: The sense: I lament for Ilium destroyed because of Leda’s cub of the beauty of Helen Evil-Helen, (the whole phrase) periphrastic for ‘Helen’.
LEMMA: C POSITION: cont. from prev., add δὲ, M
APP. CRIT. 2: ὀλλόμενον C | καλοσύνας M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,16–18
KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν
Or. 1387.04 (1377–1378) (rec exeg) ⟨διὰ τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: βοῶ διὰ τὸ ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα καὶ διὰ τὸ κάλλος τῆς κακῆς Ἑλένης τῆς θυγατρὸς τῆς Λήδας. —Ab
TRANSLATION: I cry out because of the bird-begotten eye and because of the beauty of evil Helen, the daughter of Leda.
Or. 1387.05 (1377–1378) (pllgn exeg) ⟨διὰ τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: διὰ τὸ κάλλος τῆς Ἑλένης τῆς Δυσελένης τοῦ γεννήματος τῆς εὐμορφίας τῆς Λήδας, τὸ ἐξ ὄρνιθος γεγεννημένον κυκνοπτέρου, τουτέστι διὰ τὴν ἐξ ὄρνιθος κυκνοπτέρου τοῦ Διὸς γεγεννημένην Δυσελένην. —G
TRANSLATION: Because of the beauty of Helen Evil-Helen, the offspring of the fairness of form of Leda, (the eye/beauty) begotten from a swan-winged bird, that is to say, because of Evil-Helen begotten from a swan-winged bird, Zeus.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: A variation of sent. 2–4 of sch. 1387.01 above, the full version of which G has in the scholia block.
Or. 1387.06 (1377–1378) (thom exeg) ⟨τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: τὸ ‘ὀρνιθόγονον κυκνόπτερον ὄμμα’ πρὸς τὸ Ἑλένης σύναπτε, τὸ δὲ ‘σκύμνον’ πρὸς τὸ ‘Λήδας’. ‘κυκνόπτερον’ δὲ λέγει παρόσον ὁ Ζεὺς κύκνος γενόμενος ἔσπειρε ταύτην. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Construe ‘bird-begotten swan-winged eye’ with ‘of Helen’, and ‘cub’ with ‘of Leda’. He says ‘swan-winged’ inasmuch as Zeus became a swan and sowed her.
REF. SYMBOL: ZZaZlZm
APP. CRIT. 2: παρ’ ὅσον Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,15–17
COMMENT: Instead of πρὸς τὸ Δυσελένας σύναπτε, Thomas quotes inexactly to make the reference of Δυσελένας clear at the same time.
Or. 1387.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨τὸ τᾶς ὀρνιθογόνου⟩: τὸ ἐξ ὄρνιθος κυκνοπτέρου γεγεννημένον —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,14–15
Or. 1387.09 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα κυκνόπτερον⟩: 1λέγουσιν ὅτι ὁ Ζεὺς ἠράσθη Λήδας τῆς μητρὸς τῆς Ἑλένης διὰ τῆς εὐμορφίας αὐτῆς 2καὶ ἐποίησεν ἑαυτὸν κύκνον καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ βασιλικὸν παλάτιον αὐτῆς καὶ συνεμίγη αὐτῇ καὶ ἐγέννησε τὴν Ἑλένην. 3διὰ τοῦτο λέγει ὁ ποιητὴς ὀρνιθόγονον καὶ κυκνόπτερον. —MnRa
TRANSLATION: They say that Zeus fell in love with Leda the mother of Helen because of her beauty and he made himself into a swan and entered her royal palace and had intercourse with her and begot Helen. Because of this the poet says ‘bird-begotten’ and ‘swan-winged’.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: 1 λήδης R | second τῆς om. Mn | 2 first καὶ om. Mn | ἑαυτὸν Dindorf (reporting sch. in his app. only), as if in Mn; ἑαυτὴν Mn, αὐτὴν R | τὸ om. Mn | fourth καὶ om. Mn | 3 κυκνόπτερον Dindorf, as if in Mn; κύκνόνπτερον Mn, κύκνον R
APP. CRIT. 2: 3 διατοῦτο Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.302, app. at 23
Or. 1387.10 (vet exeg) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: 1περιφραστικῶς τὴν Ἑλένην. 2τὸ ἑξῆς· διὰ τὸ ὄμμα Ἑλένης Δυσελένας τὸ ὀρνιθόγονον καὶ κυκνόπτερον καὶ τὸν σκύμνον τῆς καλλοσύνας Λήδας. —MC
TRANSLATION: (‘Bird-begotten eye’,) periphrastically, Helen. The run of the sense is: because of the eye of Helen Evil-Helen, the bird-begotten and swan-winged (eye) and the cub of the beauty of Leda.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. MC
APP. CRIT.: 2 ἑλένας C
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ἐξῆς M | καλοσύνας M
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,22–23; Dind. II.302, app. at 23
KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν
Or. 1387.11 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: περιφραστικῶς τὴν Ἑλένην, τὴν εὐμορφίαν —PrSa
TRANSLATION: Periphrastically, Helen, (‘eye’ meaning) beauty of form.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀμορφ‑ Pr
KEYWORDS: περιφραστικῶς/κατὰ περίφρασιν
Or. 1387.12 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: ἀντὶ τῆς Ἑλένης. οἱ δὲ διὰ τὸ ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα Ἑλένης διὰ τὸ κάλλος τῆς Ἑλένης τῆς θυγατρὸς τῆς Λήδας. —R
TRANSLATION: Equivalent to ‘Helen’. And some (interpret) ‘because of the bird-begotten eye of Helen’ as ‘because of the beauty of Helen the daughter of Leda’.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1387.13 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον ὄμμα⟩: τὴν Ἑλένην τὸν κ[ —Mt2
POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: The completion of the note is washed out, unless the scribe left it unfinished. A continuation could have been, e.g., τὸν (error for τὴν?) κ[υκνόπτερον σκύμνον.
Or. 1387.14 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον⟩: ὀρνιθογόνου —Y2
TRANSLATION: (For accusative ‘ornithogonon’ there is a variant reading, genitive) ‘ornithogonou’.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Another possibility is that Y2 is explaining the adjective as transferred from καλλοσύνας or from δυσελένας.
Or. 1387.15 (tri paraphr) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον⟩: τὸ ἐξ ὄρνιθος τὴν γονὴν ἐσχηκός —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,14
Or. 1387.18 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὀρνιθόγονον⟩: τὸ ἀπὸ ὄρνιθος καὶ κύκνου ἤτοι τοῦ Διὸς γεννηθέν —Zm
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1387.20 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ὄμμα⟩: ὄμμα λέγει τῆς Ἑλένης, ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐπρεπεστάτου μάλιστα μέρους αὐτὴν ὀνομάσας. —Gu2
TRANSLATION: He means ‘eye’ of Helen, naming her from her most beautiful part.
POSITION: marg.
APP. CRIT.: perhaps τὴν Ἑλένην
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.302, app. at 17
COMMENT: From sch.1387.02.
Or. 1387.21 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ὄμμα⟩: τὸ κάλλος —AaFKRfXXaXbXoT+YYfGr
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: διὰ prep. Gu, καὶ prep. F | τὸ om. KRf
Or. 1388.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κυκνόπτερον⟩: τὸ ἐκ κύκνου γεννηθέν· ἔστι δὲ ἐκ παραλλήλου. —Zm
TRANSLATION: (‘Kuknopteron’, ‘swan-winged’, is) ‘begotten from a swan’; (this epithet is) in parallel (with the previous ‘ornithogonon’, both referring the same mythic detail).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου
Or. 1388.02 (pllgn exeg) ⟨κυκνόπτερον⟩: ἐκ παραλλήλου —Y2
TRANSLATION: (This epithet is) in parallel (meaning the same thing).
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: ἐκ παραλλήλου
Or. 1388.03 (tri exeg) ⟨κυκνόπτερον⟩: τὸ ἐκ κύκνου γεγονὸς ἢ τὸ λευκὸν ὡς ὁ κύκνος —T
TRANSLATION: That begotten from a swan, or the one white like a swan.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The proposal that the epithet may simply mean ‘white’ is original to Triclinius.
Or. 1388.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨καλλοσύνας⟩: λέγεται καλλοσύνη καὶ τὸ κάλλος. τὸ δὲ ‘καλλοσύνας’ ἢ πρὸς τὸ ‘Λήδας’ ἢ πρὸς τὸ ‘Δυσελένας’ κατὰ τὴν διπλῆν αὐτοῦ σημασίαν. —Zm
TRANSLATION: (In the meaning ‘beauty’, both) ‘kallosunē’ and ‘to kallos’ are used. And the word ‘kallosunas’ goes either with ‘Leda’ or with ‘Evil-Helen’ by its double signification.
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Since κάλλος far more frequently attested than καλλοσύνη, one might expect a comment of the form ‘κάλλος is also expressed by καλλοσύνη’, but the word order is against such an interpretation of what Zm has written. On the other hand, it is odd that Zm has the article with one noun and not the other.
Or. 1388.11 (thom gloss) ⟨καλλοσύνας⟩: εὐμορφίας —ZmGGuB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῆς prep. GuB3a
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,19
Or. 1388.12 (thom gloss) ⟨καλλοσύνας⟩: εὐμόρφου —ZZaZlZmTGuZcrVd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῆς prep. Vd, τῆς prep. TZcr | ἀμόρφου Vd
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,19
COMMENT: As sch. 1387.02 (sent. 8) shows, one solution to understanding the sense of the convoluted transmitted text was to treat καλλοσύνας as adjectival, as in this and the next few glosses.
Or. 1388.14 (pllgn gloss) ⟨καλλοσύνας⟩: ὡραιοτάτου —Cu2
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,19
Or. 1388.17 (recMosch etaGloss) ⟨καλλοσύνας⟩: καλλοσύνης —AaRSaXXbXoTYfGrZmB3a
LEMMA: in text ‑σύνου Sa, καλο‑ Gr POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1388.20 (rec metr) ⟨Λήδας⟩: long mark over alpha —R
COLLATION NOTES: R does not generally use long marks, but the mark here does seems to be a longum, not the mark of proper name (which the scribe does not use in this section).
Or. 1388.21 (vet exeg) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: 1σκύμνῳ δὲ ἀπείκασεν αὐτὴν τὸ ὀλέθριον αὐτῆς αἰνιττόμενος· 2ἐπὶ γὰρ ὀλέθρῳ τῆς Ἰλίου ὥσπερ τι θηρίον ἐγεννήθη. 3σκύμνοι δὲ κυρίως τὰ τῶν λεόντων γεννήματα. —MBC, partial Gu2
TRANSLATION: He likened her to a cub because he is hinting at her destructiveness. For she was begotten for the ruin of Ilium, just like some wild beast. And cubs (‘skumnoi’) are properly the offspring of lions.
POSITION: marg. Gu2; cont. from sch. 1387.10 M (but not C, as Schw.), cont. from sch. 1387.02 B
APP. CRIT.: 1 σκύμνῳ … αὐτὴν] σκύμνον λέγει καὶ οὐ παῖδα Gu2 | σκύμνον MC | 2 after ἰλίου add. ἑλένη Gu2 | 3 σκύμνοι γὰρ κτλ om. Gu | γεννήματα] ἔγγονα C
APP. CRIT. 2: 2 ὥσπέρ τι BCGu2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,19–21; Dind. II.303,2–4 and 302, app. at 17
COMMENT: Cf. Sch. V Hec. 205 τὸν σκύμνον οἱ παλαιοὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς νέου λαμβάνουσι. σκύμνοι δὲ κυρίως λέγονται τὰ ἔκγονα τῶν λεόντων; Sch. Pr Hec. 205 σκύμνος κυρίως τὸ τῶν λεόντων γέννημα λέγεται. διατοῦτο γοῦν παρείκασε καὶ ἐνταῦθα σκύμνῳ τὴν Πολυξένην, ὡς ἐκ περιφανοῦς καὶ βασιλικοῦ γένους καταγομένην.
Or. 1388.22 (rec exeg) σκύμνον: 1τὸ ὀλέθριον αὐτῆς ὑπῃνίξατο διὰ τοῦ σκύμνον ὀνομάσαι· 2δίκην γὰρ θηρὸς ἐλυμαίνετο τοὺς Ἕλληνας. —Rw, partial Y2
TRANSLATION: He indirectly hinted at her destructiveness by calling her ‘cub’, for like a wild animal she used to wreak havoc on the Greeks.
LEMMA: Rw REF. SYMBOL: Y2
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ ὀλέθριον … ὀνομάσαι om. Y2 | ὑπαινίξατο Rw | σκύμνου Rw | 2 ἐλυμήνατο Y2
Or. 1388.23 (rec paraphr) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: τὸ γέννημα λέγω —FMnPrSaVdCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FVdCrOx | λέγω τὸ γέννημα transp. Mn | λέγω om. VdCrOx
Or. 1388.24 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨σκύμνον⟩: τίνα λέγω; τὸ γέννημα λέγω. —B3a
TRANSLATION: Whom do I speak of (in saying ‘cub’)? I mean ‘the offspring’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1389.01 (vet exeg) ⟨Δυσελένας Δυσελένας⟩: ἥτις, φησὶν, Ἑλένη, Ἐρινὺς γέγονε τῇ Ἰλίῳ. —MBC
TRANSLATION: (‘Dushelenas’, ‘Evil-Helen’,) who, he says, (namely) Helen, became an Erinys for Ilium.
POSITION: intermarg. MB, s.l. C
APP. CRIT. 2: φη() B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,24; Dind. II.303,20
Or. 1389.02 (recTri gloss) ⟨Δυσελένας Δυσελένας⟩: τῆς κακῆς Ἐλένη —AbVdGT
LEMMA: δυσελένας once AbVdG POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῆς om. Ab | ἑλένης om. Vd
Or. 1389.06 (rec gloss) ⟨ξεστῶν⟩: †πλαγίων —Ab
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: It is not clear how this gloss (‘placed sideways’ or ‘sloping’) could apply here. Is it a banalization of the corrupt word in the next?
Or. 1389.07 (rec gloss) ⟨ξεστῶν⟩: τῶν †πλατούτων —R
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: If πλατ‑ is an error for πλακ‑, one might consider πλακουτῶν a variant spelling of πλακωτῶν from πλακωτός, ‘paved, surfaced’: see LBG s.v., and compare πλακώνω, πλάκωμα, πλάκωσις (Lampe: ‘paving, incrustation, overlay’).
Or. 1389.09 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξεστῶν⟩: κεκαλλωπισμένων —AaLb
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,21
Or. 1389.10 (thom gloss) ⟨ξεστῶν⟩: τετορευμένων —ZZaZbZlZmTGuLb, perhaps Vd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶν prep. T, καὶ τῶν prep. Vd | τερομένων app. Vd
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,21 and 22
Or. 1389.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ξεστῶν⟩: εὐξέστων —Y2Gu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶν prep. Y2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.303,21
Or. 1389.12 (vet exeg) περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων: 1Ἀπολλώνιόν φησι τὸ Πέργαμον καὶ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν τῆς Ἰλίου, ἐπεὶ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐκεῖσέ ἐστιν ἱερὸν, ὡς Ὅμηρος [Hom. Il. 5.446]· 2‘Περγάμῳ εἰν ἱερῇ, ὅθι οἱ νηός γ’ ἐτέτυκτο’. 3ἢ ἐπεὶ ὁ Ἀπόλλων τὰ τείχη ᾠκοδόμησεν. 4ἢ Ἀπολλωνίων τῶν ἀπολωλότων φησίν, ὡς ἐν τῷ Φαέθοντί [Phaethon 224–225 = TrGF fr. 781,11–12 Kannicht] φησιν· 5‘ὦ καλλιφεγγὲς Ἥλι’, ὥς μ’ ἀπώλεσας / 6καὶ τόνδ’· †Ἀπόλλων οὕτως εἰκότως κλῄζῃ βροτοῖς’. —MBC, partial Rf
TRANSLATION: He says Pergamum, that is, the acropolis of Ilium, is Apollonian because there is a shrine of Apollo there, as Homer (says): ‘in holy Pergamum, where a temple had been fashioned for him’. Or because Apollo built the walls. Or by ‘Apollonian’ he means ‘destroyed’ (‘apolōlotōn’), as he says in Phaethon: ‘O beautifully-shining Helios, how you have destroyed (‘apōlesas’) me / and this man; fittingly you are called Apollo by mortals’.
REF. SYMBOL: MB
APP. CRIT.: 1 φησι] Schw. φασὶ all (φα() B) | τὸ περγ.] Arsen. (MeMuPh, cf. sch. 1389.14), τὸν πέργ. all, τὴν Πέργ. Schw. | τοῦ ἰλίου τὴν ἀκρ. transp. B | ἐπεὶ] ἀπὸ M | ἐστιν ἱερὸν ἐκεῖσε transp. B | 1–6 ὡς ὅμηρος κτλ om. Rf | 2 περγάμων C | εἰν] ἐν MC | 4 φησίν Mastr., φασιν MC, om. B | φαένθοντι B | 5 Ἥλι’] Dind. from Macrobius Sat. 1.17.10, cf. ΗΛΙΕ Par. gr. 107 B (palimspest of Phaethon), ἴλιον MBC | 6 καὶ τόνδ’] B (ΚΑΙ ΤΟΝΔΕ Par. gr. 107 B), καὶ τοῦ τε M, καὶ τὸν C; ἐκ τοῦδ’ Barnes | Ἀπόλλων οὕτως εἰκότως κλῄζῃ βροτοῖς] Ἀπόλλων δ’ εἰκότως κλῄζῃ βροτοῖς Schw. to repair meter, Ἀπόλλων δ’ ἐν βροτοῖς ὀρθῶς καλῇ Par. gr. 107 B (TGF Nauck); ὄντως for οὕτως (om. εἰκότως) conj. Headlam 1895: 278. | ἀπόλλωνα C | κλήζει M, κλύζει C
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἀπολλώνιον all (‑ώνειον s.l. Rf) | ἐκεῖσε ἐστὶν MCRf | 2 ὅθιοι B | νηὸς γ’ C | 5 καλιφεγγὲς C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.221,25–222,3; Dind. II.303,23–28
COMMENT: On the superiority of the text of the Paris ms in the lines quoted from Phaethon, see Diggle 1970 on Phaethon 225.
COLLATION NOTES: Dindorf notes that for εἰκότως in 6, Arsenius (like MeMu) has only εἰ followed by blank space (ἔχ/εἰ without blank Ph), because the scribe of B skipped over a section of bad parchment before finishing the word with κότως at a distance (the κ is now obscured).
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation) | citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Euripides, Phaethon
Or. 1389.13 (vet exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: τ[. .] πέργαμον καὶ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν τῆς Ἰλίου —H
TRANSLATION: (He means) the cital and acropolis of Ilium.
POSITION: marg.
COLLATION NOTES: check new images to see whether article can be read as masc. or fem.
Or. 1389.14 (rec exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: 1Ἀπολλώνιον φησὶ τὸ Πέργαμον καὶ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν τῆς Ἰλίου, ἐπεὶ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐκεῖσέ ἐστιν ἱερὸν, 2⟨ἢ⟩ ἐπεὶ ὁ Ἀπόλλων τὰ τείχη ᾠκοδόμησεν. 3ἢ Ἀπολλώνιον τὸν ἀπολωλότα φησί. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: He says Pergamum, that is, the acropolis of Ilium, is Apollonian because there is a shrine of Apollo there, or because Apollo built the (city’s) walls. Or by ‘Apollonian’ he means ‘destroyed’.
POSITION: s.l. Pr (misplaced above 1379–1381), marg. Sa
APP. CRIT.: 1 Ἀπολλώνιον] ἀπολλώ() Pr (ambig. sign over ω), ἀπόλλω() Sa (ambig. sign over ω) | Ἀπόλλωνος] Sa, ἀπολλώ() Pr (same as previously) | 2 ⟨ἢ⟩ suppl. from sch. 1389.12 | 3 Ἀπολλώνιον] ἀπολλώ() Pr (same as previously), ἀπολώ() Sa (ambig. sign over ω) | φησί] Mastr., φασί PrSa (cf. sch. 1389.12)
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ἐκεῖσε ἐστὶν S
Or. 1389.15 (thom exeg) περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων: 1τῶν ὑπ’ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Ποσειδῶνος οἰκοδομηθέντων ὅτε ἐθήτευσαν Λαομέδοντι. 2τοιγαροῦν καὶ ὅτε ἔμελλεν ὑπ’ Ἀχαιῶν πορθηθῆναι καὶ ἀφανισθῆναι, εἶδεν Αἰνείας τούτους τοὺς θεοὺς, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Βιργίλιος [Verg. Aen. 2.605–612], τοὺς λίθους οὓς ἔθηκαν καταβαλόντας. —ZZaZmTGu
TRANSLATION: (‘Apollonian citadels’,) the ones built by Apollo and Poseidon when they were in servitude to Laomedon. Therefore also when (the citadel) was about to be laid waste and destroyed by the Achaeans, Aeneas saw these gods, as Vergil reports, casting down the stones that they had placed.
LEMMA: T REF. SYMBOL: ZZa, at ξεστῶν Zm
APP. CRIT.: 1 τῶν ἀπολλωνίων ἤγουν prep. Gu | ὑπ’ om. Zl | 2 Βιργίλος all | καταβαλ. οὓς ἔθηκαν transp. ZZa | οὓς] οὓς πρῶτον T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.304,1–4
COMMENT: I have not located an indirect source for Thomas’s knowledge of the Aeneid. Perhaps it comes from reading the Latin. In any case, what is said is not quite accurate, because in Vergil Venus describes to Aeneas the destructive work of Neptune and the interventions of Juno, Athena, and Jupiter, without any mention of Apollo.
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer | Vergil
Or. 1389.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: τουτέστι τῶν τῆς Ἰλίου, ἥτις ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐτειχίσθη. —GGu
TRANSLATION: That is to say, those of Ilium, which was provided with walls by Apollo.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τουτέστι τῶν] ἤγουν G
Or. 1389.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: τῶν κτισθέντων παρὰ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος —Y2
TRANSLATION: Those built by Apollo.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1389.18 (thom exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: τῶν ὑπ’ Ἀπόλλωνος κτισθέντων —ZmT
TRANSLATION: Those built by Apollo.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1389.19 (pllgn exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: τῶν κατασκευασθέντων ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος —F
TRANSLATION: Those constructed by Apollo.
POSITION: marg.
Or. 1389.20 (thom exeg) ⟨περγάμων Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: 1Πέργαμον τὴν ἀκρόπολιν τῆς Τροίας ἔλεγον, ὥσπερ καὶ τὴν τῶν Θηβῶν Καδμείαν. 2φασὶ δὲ καὶ τὰ ὑψηλὰ τείχη πέργαμα. 3ἐπὰν οὖν τὸ περγάμων ἀντὶ ἀκροπόλεων νοήσῃς, γίνωσκε ὅτι τὸ ἑνικὸν πληθυντικῶς ἐξηνέχθη. —ZlZmGu2
TRANSLATION: They uses to call the acropolis of Troy Pergamum, just as they also (called) that of Thebes Kadmeia. And they also call towering walls ‘pergama’. Thus when you understand (genitive plural) ‘pergamōn’ as used for acropolises, recognize that the singular sense has been expressed with a plural form.
REF. SYMBOL: ZlZm POSITION: marg. Gu2.
APP. CRIT.: 1 ἔλεγον] οὕτως γὰρ ἐλέγετο Zl | 3 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀκρ. app. Zl | app. νοήσεις Gu2 [Zl]
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.304,5–8
Or. 1389.21 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨περγάμων⟩: ἤγουν τῶν ὑψηλῶν τόπων τῆς Τροίας —ZcrZu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὸν ὑψηλὸν τόπον Zcr
Or. 1389.23 (rec gloss) ⟨περγάμων⟩: τῶν τειχῶν —H4FPrS
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. FPr | τῶν om. P
APP. CRIT. 2: τειχέων PrSa
Or. 1389.25 (rec gloss) ⟨περγάμων⟩: ὑψηλῶν —FMnPrRfSa
POSITION: s.l., misplaced above ξεστῶν all
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῶν prep. F
COMMENT: Cf. the etymology in Sch. Thom. Tri. Aesch. Prom. 953 πέργαμα γὰρ κυρίως λέγεται τὰ ὑψηλὰ τείχη, τουτέστι τὰ ὑπὲρ γῆν ὄντα καὶ εἰς ὕψος αἰρόμενα; Sch. Plat. Phaedrus 243b1 πέργαμα] τὰ ὑψηλά (#78 Cufalo).
KEYWORDS: etymology
Or. 1389.26 (thom gloss) ⟨περγάμων⟩: ὐψηλῶν τειχῶν —ZZaZbZlZmTVd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῶν prep. Vd
Or. 1389.27 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περγάμων⟩: ὑψηλῶν οἰκημάτων, τειχῶν —GGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῶν prep. G | τειχῶν om. G
Or. 1389.28 (pllgn gloss) ⟨περγάμων⟩: καὶ τῶν ἀκροπόλεων —CrOxB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῶν om. B3a
Or. 1389.29 (rec exeg) ⟨Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: καθότι ὁ μὲν Ζεὺς ὀργισθεὶς τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι δέδωκεν αὐτὸν τῷ Λαομέδοντι κτίζοντι τὴν Τροίαν διὰ τὴν δυστυχίαν. —Mn
TRANSLATION: (‘Apollonian’) because when Zeus got angry at Apollo he gave him to Laomedon when he was founding/building Troy, because of (Laomedon’s) misfortune.
REF. SYMBOL: Mn
APP. CRIT.: αὐτὸν] Dindorf, αὐτῷ Mn | κτίζων Mn
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.304, app. at 2
COMMENT: It seems unlikely that the author meant that Zeus was founding Troy, so κτίζων has to be emended to dative, unless the author is using the nominative as indeclinable (CGMEMG II.809 mentions participles in ‑ων being used as genitive and accusative). Laomedon’s misfortune is presumably the loss of his son Ganymede; the usual forms of recompense from Zeus are mentioned in sch. 1392.01 and 1392.04.
Or. 1389.30 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀπολλωνίων⟩: ἢ τῶν ἀπολωλότων —Y2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: See sch. 1389.12, 1389.14.
Or. 1390.01 (rec paraphr) ⟨Ἐρινῦν⟩: τὴν τιμωρίαν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος —PrSa
LEMMA: ἀπολλωνίων ἐριννύων in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1390.02 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἐρινῦν⟩: δυστυχίαν —AbR
LEMMA: ἐριννῦν in text Ab POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: δυστυχή(αν) app. Ab
Or. 1390.04 (thom gloss) ⟨Ἐριννῦν⟩: φθορὰν —ZZaZbZlZmZuTGu
LEMMA: ἐριννύν in text TGr, ἐρινῦν Zu POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1390.06 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἐριννύν⟩: ἀφανίστριαν —FY2Gu
LEMMA: ἐριννῦν in text F POSITION: marg. F, s.l. Y2Gu
APP. CRIT.: τὴν prep. Y2, καὶ τὴν prep. F
Or. 1390.12 (1390–1391) (vet exeg) ὀτοτοῖ ἰαλέμων: 1ὀτοτοῖ ἐπίφθεγμά ἐστι θρηνητικόν. 2ἰάλεμος θρῆνος. 3Δαρδανία δὲ πόλις πλησίον τῆς Τροίας ἀπὸ Δαρδάνου βασιλεύσαντος ἐκεῖσε, ἔνθα ἱπποστάσιον εἶναί φασι τῶν Γανυμήδους ἵππων, ὃς ἦν συνευνέτης τοῦ Διός. 4ἀναφέρει δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ Ὁμηρικά [Hom. Il. 5.266]· ‘δῶχ’ υἷος ποινὴν Γανυμήδεος’. 5θρηνεῖ δὲ τὸν Δάρδανον καὶ αὐτὸν ἀπολόμενον ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ. 6τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ὦ Δαρδανία, τοῦ εὐνέτου τοῦ Διὸς Γανυμήδους ἱπποφορβέ, δυστυχετάτη ἕνεκεν τῶν ἰαλέμων ὅ ἐστι τῶν θρήνων. || 7ὁ δὲ λόγος· †ἰαλέμων ἰαλέμων καὶ† δυστυχεστάτη σὺ, ὦ ἱππικωτάτη Δαρδανία, ἥτις ὑπῆρχες τοῦ Γανυμήδους. 8ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱππικὴ Δαρδανία, ἢ ἱπποσύνου Γανυμήδους, τουτέστιν ἱππικοῦ. —MaB, partial MbPrSa
TRANSLATION: ‘Ototoi’ is an exclamation of lamentation. ‘Ialemos’ is a song of mourning. Dardania is a city near Troy (named) after Dardanus who ruled there, where they say was the stable of the horses of Ganymede, who was the bedmate of Zeus. He is alluding to the Homeric passage, ‘He (Zeus) gave (horses) as a recompense for his son (Ganymede)’. And he (the Phrygian) is lamenting also for Dardanus who himself also perished in the war. The run of the sense is: ‘O Dardania, you who tend the horses of Ganymede the bedmate of Zeus, most unfortunate because of the ‘ialemoi’, which it to say the songs of lamentation. || And the sense is: (Corruption:) of ialemos-songs of lament, of ialemos-songs of lament, and most unfortunate (are) you, Dardania very devoted to horsemanship, you who belonged to Ganymede. (‘Dardania … hipposuna’ is) used for ‘Dardania devoted to horsemanship’ (with ‘hipposuna’ taken as a feminine nominative adjective), or for ‘hipposunou’ Ganymede, that is to say, ‘devoted to horsemanship’ (with ‘hipposuna’ taken as a Doric masculine genitive).
LEMMA: Ma(ὀττοτοῖ τοῖ), ὀττοτοῖ B REF. SYMBOL: MaB POSITION: intermarg. Mb
APP. CRIT.: Ma very faint (on fol. 69r); much confirmed under UV, but last 4 words too damaged | 1 τὸ prep. Pr, perhaps Sa(faded rubr. ink) | ὀτοτοῖ om. MbB | ἐπιφώνημα Arsen. (MePh; edd. through Matthiae) | 2 ἰάλεμος θρῆνος] om. PrSa, καὶ ἰάλ. ὁ θρ. B | 3 δαρδανία] δάρνος Sa, δάρος Pr | ἐκεῖσε om. Mb | ἱπποστασία Mb | εἶναι om. Ma | φασὶν εἶναι transp. B(φα())PrSa | 3–8 ὃς ἦν κτλ om. Mb | 3 εὐνέτης MaPrSa | 4 ἀναφέρει … γανυμήδεος om. PrSa | 5 αὐτὸν] τὸν Sa | ἀπολλύμενον PrSa | 6 τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς … θρήνων om. Ma | δάρδανε εὐνέτου PrSa(εὐνέτα) | ἱπποφορεύς Sa, ἱπποφορεῦ Pr | ἕνεκεν] ἐκ PrSa | second τῶν om. PrSa | 7–8 ὁ δὲ λόγος κτλ om. PrSa | ἰαλέμων ἰαλέμων καὶ del. Schw.; e.g. (φεῦ?) ἕνεκα ἰαλέμων ἰαλέμων καὶ Mastr. | ὁ δὲ λόγος] ἢ ὁ λόγος οὕτως B | after γανυμήδους add. καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς B | 8 ἀντὶ τοῦ ἱππ. δαρδ.] ἢ τοίνυν ἱππικὴν τὴν δαρδανίαν φη(σι) B | after ἢ add. τοῦ B | after ἱππικοῦ and raised dot punct. cont. with sch. 1392.01 B
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὀττοτοὶ PrSa | ἐπίφθεγμα ἐστὶ PrSa | 3 ἀπο B | γαννυμήδους PrSa | 4 ξυνευνέτης Arsen. (edd. through Matthiae) | 6 δ’ ἑξῆς PrSa | γαννυμήδους PrSa | 8 τουτεστιν B |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.222,4–12; Dind. II.304,9–19
COMMENT: Both interpretations given here consider ἱπποσύνα to be from the adjective ἱππόσυνος (exceedingly rare and late), and LSJ and BDAG both unfortunately countenance the adjectival interpretation; see Willink for the better view (that it is an abstract noun used for concrete), based on sch. 1392.02 (cf. glosses 1392.08 and following).
KEYWORDS: citation of Homer (with direct quotation)
Or. 1390.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ὀτοτοῖ⟩: ἐπίφθεγμα ἐστὶ θρηνητικὸν. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Ototoi’) is an exclamation of lamentation.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1390.14 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨ὀτοτοῖ⟩: φεῦ —AaFMnMtrRVdXXaXbXoYYfGrZZbZlZmTZcrCrOx
LEMMA: in text ὀττοτοῖ XaXbZ, ὀτοτοτοῖ T POSITION: s.l. except marg. X
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. AaFMtrVdCrOx
Or. 1390.16 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἰαλέμων ἰαλέμων⟩: σχετλι⟨α⟩σμοὶ —Y2
TRANSLATION: Indignant complaints.
POSITION: intermarg.
COMMENT: In Y’s cursive, one cannot absolutely rule out the possibility that the scribe intended the final letter to be a sigma. The singular is found elsewhere in similar labels. It is possible that this note really goes with ὀττοτοῖ, but in Y that is the last word of the right column, and σχετλ. is written to the left of the next line of the left column where ἰαλέμων ἰαλέμων occurs.
Or. 1390.17 (vet exeg) ἰαλέμων: τῶν θρήνων, ἀπὸ Ἰαλέμου τοῦ Καλλιόπης καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος —MB
TRANSLATION: (‘Ialemōn’ are) songs of lamentation, (the word being derived) from Ialemos the son of Calliope and Apollo.
POSITION: intermarg. B
APP. CRIT.: unverified in M, fol. 69r (too washed out) | τοῦ] Schw., τῆς B [M]
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.222,13–14; Dind. II.304,21–22
COMMENT: Cf. Sch. V Rhes. 895a1 Merro, the beginning of which is damaged and uncertain, but after ]λεγον or ]λεμον one can read προωνομάσθαι ἐπὶ τιμῇ Ἰαλέμου τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Καλλιόπης … (Hermann’s παρωνομάσθαι seems necessary).
Or. 1390.18 (vet exeg) ⟨ἰαλέμων⟩: 1τινὲς τοῦτον τὸν αὐτὸν τῷ Λίνῳ φασὶν ὃν καὶ ἐπὶ θρήνου καὶ ἐπὶ ὕμνου λέγουσι. 2τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς· ἕνεκα τῶν ἰαλέμων {ἐν τῇ} ἀθλία Δαρδανία. —MB
TRANSLATION: Some say this figure is the same as the Linus whom they speak of in connection with a song of lamentation and in connection with a hymn. And the run of the sense is: ‘Dardania, wretched because of the songs of lamentation’.
POSITION: intermarg. B; cont. from prev., add. δὲ B
APP. CRIT.: M partly washed out (occupies most of first line of lower-margin block, fol. 69r, starting αὐτὸ τὸν αὐτὸν) | 1 τινὲς τοῦτο] αὐτὸ M | φασὶν om. M | ὃν] ἣν B | second ἐπὶ om. M | λέγουσι] φα(σι) M (there seems to be something between ὕμνου and φα) | 2 τὸ δὲ ἑξῆς κτλ om. B | ἕνεκα] Schw., ἢ app. M | ἐν τῇ del. Schw. | δαρδανίαι app. M
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 φα() B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.222,15–17; Dind. II.304,22–23 (sent. 1 only)
COMMENT: Schwartz’s solution in sent. 2 is not entirely satisfactory, because in paraphrases a scholiast should place the ἕνεκα phrase after ἄθλιος, δυστυχής, and the like. On the other hand, to read ἐν τῇ ἀθλίᾳ Δαραδανίᾳ makes the paraphrase abuse the case of τλάμων/τλᾶμον.
Or. 1390.19 (rec exeg) ⟨ἰαλέμων⟩: πεπλήρωσαι θρηνῶν —AbR
TRANSLATION: You (Dardania) have been filled full of songs of mourning.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: θρηνῶν om. R
Or. 1390.20 (rec exeg) ⟨ἰαλέμων⟩: θρῆνος βαρβαρικὸς —K
TRANSLATION: (‘Ialemos’ is) a foreign song of mourning.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1390.21 (mosch exeg) ⟨ἰαλέμων⟩: εἶδος θρήνου ὁ ἰάλεμος. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrZcrOx2
TRANSLATION: Ialemus is a type of song of mourning.
POSITION: s.l. except X, marg. GrOx2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.304,23
Or. 1390.22 (rec gloss) ⟨ἰαλέμων⟩: θρήνων —M2AaMnMtrPrRRfSaVdZcrZuCrOxB3a
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: s.l. except marg. M2; twice in Zu, over each instance of lemma
APP. CRIT.: τῶν prep. M2AaR, καὶ prep. MtrZcrCrOx, καὶ τῶν prep. Vd
Or. 1390.23 (thom gloss) ⟨ἰαλέμων⟩: ἕνεκα θρήνων —ZZaZbZlZmTGuF
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ θρήνων ἕνεκα F | Gu reuses Gr’s ἕνεκα τῶν, add. θρήνων
Or. 1390.24 (mosch gloss) ⟨ἰαλέμων⟩: ἕνεκα τῶν —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrAaVdB3a
POSITION: s.l. except marg. B3a
APP. CRIT.: τῶν om. AaVdB3a | ἰαλέμων add. T
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.304,24
Or. 1391.01 (thom exeg) ⟨Δαρδανία⟩: 1τὸ δὲ Δαρδανία ἢ ἀντὶ τοῦ ὦ Τροία νοητέον, 2ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἱπποσύνα οὕτως· 3ὦ ἱπποσύνη τοῦ Γανυμήδεος Δαρδανία, ἤγουν ὦ ἱππηλασία τοῦ Γανυμήδεος τοῦ Δαρδανίου. 4κρεῖττον δέ ἐστι τὸ πρῶτον. —ZZaZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: ‘Dardania’ is either to be understood as used for ‘O Troy’, or as attached to ‘hipposuna’ (‘horsemanship’) as follows: ‘o Dardanian horsemanship of Ganymede’, in other words ‘o horse-driving of Ganymede the Dardanian’. But the first view is better.
POSITION: cont. from sch. 1389.15 all
APP. CRIT.: 2 after ἱπποσύνα add. σύναπτε T | 3 δαρδανία … γανυμήδεος om. Gu | δαρδανίου] δαρδανίδου ZZmGu [Zl]
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.304,25–305,2
Or. 1391.02 (rec exeg) ⟨Δαρδανία⟩: Δάρδανος δὲ Δαρδανίαν ἔκτισε πόλιν. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: Dardanus founded a city Dardania.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1391.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Δαρδανία⟩: ἀπὸ Δαρδάνου τινὸς —Zm
TRANSLATION: (Named) after a certain Dardanus.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1391.04 (recMoschThom gloss) ⟨Δαρδανία⟩: ὦ Τροία —AbFMnPrRXXaXbXoYYfGGrZZaZbZlZmTCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ὦ] τὴν F, καὶ CrOx, om. XXaXbXoYYfGGr
APP. CRIT. 2: τροῖα FR
Or. 1391.08 (pllgnTri gloss) ⟨τλᾶμον⟩: ἀθλία —CrOxGu2TVd
LEMMA: in text τλήμων Vd POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. VdCrOx
Or. 1392.01 (vet exeg) Γανυμήδεος ἱπποσύνα: 1ἢ τοῦ ἱππικοῦ Γανυμήδους ἢ ὦ ἱππικὴ Δαρδανία. || 2τὴν Δαρδανίαν ἱπποστάσιον εἶναι φησὶ τοῦ Γανυμήδους. 3τὴν αὐτὴν δέ φησι Τροίαν καὶ Δαρδανίαν. 4τινὲς δὲ οὐχ ἵππους, ἀλλὰ χρυσῆν ἄμπελόν φασι δεδόσθαι ὑπὲρ Γανυμήδους, καθάπερ ἐν Κύκλῳ [Il. parv. fr. 29 Bernabé, fr. 6 Davies] λέγεται·
5‘ἄμπελον, ἣν Κρονίδης ἔπορεν οὗ παιδὸς ἄποινα /
6χρυσείην φύλλοισιν †ἀγανοῖσι κομόωσαν /
7βότρυσί θ’ οὓς Ἥφαιστος ἐπασκήσας πατρὶ δῶκεν· /
8αὐτὰρ ὁ Λαομέδοντι πόρεν Γανυμήδεος ἀντί’.
—MBC
TRANSLATION: (The sense is) either ‘of Ganymede skilled with horses’ or ‘o Dardania devoted to horsemanship’. || He says that Dardania is the horse-stable of Ganymede. And he speaks of Troy and Dardania as the same. But some say that not horses, but a golden vine was given in exchange for Ganymede, as is said in the (epic) cycle: ‘grapevine, which the son of Cronus gave as recompense for his son, golden, filled as with hair with †gentle† leaves and grape-clusters that Hephaestus crafted and gave to his father (Zeus), and he gave them to Laomedon in return for Ganymede’.
LEMMA: MC (M inferred from spacing, washed out) REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: cont. from sch. 1390.12 B
APP. CRIT.: 1–2 ἢ τοῦ ἱππ. … τοῦ γανυμήδους om. B | 2 δαρδανίαν] Schw. (in text), δαρδανίδ() MC, ἐν τῇ Δαραδανίᾳ conj. Schw. (in app.) | ἀποστάσιον M | φησὶ] φασι Schw. without note (M partly effaced, but η can be confirmed) | 4 φασι] φησὶ MC | καὶ καθάπερ M | λέγεται] Schw., λέγει MC, λέ() B | 6 χρυσείοις Sch. V Tro. 822 | ἀγανοῖς M, ἀγαυοῖσιν Jortin (acc. to Bernabé), ἀγαννοῖσιν Barnes, ἀγαυροῖσιν Osann 1824: 3, (φύλλοισι) παναγυρέοις Hermann, Opusc. 5.185 | κυμοῶσαν C | 7 θ’ οὓς] Sch. V Tro. 822, τοὺς MBC | 7–8 πατρὶ δῶκεν / αὐτὰρ ὁ Λ.] MBC(ἀτὰρ MC), διὶ πατρὶ / δῶχ’. ὁ δέ Λ. Sch. V Tro. 822
APP. CRIT. 2: 4 οὐχ’ B | ἄμπελον φα() B | ὑπερ B | 5 ἄπεινα C | 8 ὃ B | πόρε B | ἄντι BC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.222,18–223,3; (partial) Dind. II.304,19–20 and II.305,6–11
COMMENT: In V Sch. Tro. 822 reads as follows: τὸν Γανυμήδην καθ’ Ὅμηρον [Il. 5.265, 20.231] Τρωὸς ὄντα παῖδα Λαομέδοντος νῦν εἶπεν ἀκολουθήσας τῷ τὴν μικρὰν Ἰλιάδα πεπονηκότι (πεποιηκ‑ L. Dindorf, Kampmann, Dind. as if in V), ὃν οἱ μὲν Θεστορίδην Φωκέα (Φωκαιέα Schw.) φασὶν, οἱ δὲ Κιναιθῶνα (Κιναίθωνα Dind.) Λακεδαιμόνιον ὡς Μελάνικος (Ἑλλάνικος Hermann, Opusc. 5.185 = Hellanicus fr. dub. 6 Montanari), οἱ δὲ Διόδωρον Ἐρυθραῖον. φασὶ (φησὶ Hermann) δὲ οὕτως· ‘ἄμπελον ἣν Κρονίδης ἔπορεν οὗ παιδὸς ἄποινα / χρυσείοις φύλλοισιν †ἀγανοῖσι† κομόωσαν / βότρυσί θ’ οὓς Ἥφαιστος ἐπασκήσας Διὶ πατρὶ / δῶχ’, ὁ δὲ Λαομέδοντι πόρε (πόρεν Hermann) Γανυμήδεος ἄντι (ἀντί Hermann)’. καὶ Ἀριστοφάνης (Ἀντιφάνης Hermann = frg. 73 Kock = 74 K–A) Λαομέδοντος παῖδα τὸν Γανυμήδην φησί· ‘διὰ τὰς τῶν οἰκείων (οἰκιῶν L. Dindorf) ⟨ … lacuna marked in ms …⟩ ὁρᾷς; ἐν τῇδε μενόντων (μὲν ὁ τῶν Meineke and Hermann) Φρυγῶν τύραννος ὤκων (οἰκῶν Meineke and Hermann) τυγχάνει / γέρων, ἀπ’ ὀργῆς (ἀρχῆς Seidler) Λαομέδων καλούμενος’.
KEYWORDS: citation of literature other than Homer (with direct quotation) | Ilias Parva
Or. 1392.02 (mosch exeg) Γανυμήδεος ἱπποσύνα: ἱππασία τοῦ Γανυμήδους, τοῦ εὐνέτου τοῦ Διὸς, ἤγουν ἐφ’ ᾗ ἱππάζεται ὁ Γανυμήδης ὁ εὐνέτης τοῦ Διός. —XXaXbXoT+YYfGrOx2, partial Zc
TRANSLATION: Horse-driving of Ganymede, the bedmate of Zeus, that is, (the place) upon which Ganymede the bedmate of Zeus exercises horses.
LEMMA: Gr(γαννυ-) POSITION: marg. GrOx2, s.l. XaXbXoYYfZc
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ εὐνέτου κτλ om. Zc | ἐφ’ οἷς XaY | ἱππάζετο T
APP. CRIT. 2: (both) γαννυ- XaTYYfOx2, (first) γαννυ- a.c. Gr, (second) ‑μίδης Ox2 | εὐνοτάτου Ox2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.305,3–5
Or. 1392.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Γανυμήδεος ἱπποσύνα⟩: τῆς ἱππηλασίας Γαννυμήδεος μέμνηται οἷα Τρώς. τοῦτον δὲ τὸν Γαννυμήδην ἱππηλατοῦντα εἰς Τροίαν Ζεὺς ἐρασθεὶς ἀνήρπασεν. —Zm
TRANSLATION: As a Trojan, he (the Phrygian) recalls the horse-driving of Ganymede. And this Ganymede, while he was driving horses at Troy, Zeus fell in love with and snatched up.
REF. SYMBOL: Zm POSITION: intermarg.
Or. 1392.04 (rec exeg) ⟨Γανυμήδεος⟩: 1ὁ Τρὼς εἶχε δύο υἱοὺς τὸν Γανυμήδην καὶ τὸν Λαομέδοντα. 2ὁ Γανυμήδης ἄνθρωπος ὢν, ἠράσθη αὐτοῦ ὁ Ζεὺς καὶ ἥρπασεν αὐτὸν, 3καὶ ἀντὶ τῆς ἁρπαγῆς αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ καλοὺς καὶ ταχυτάτους ἵππους. —Mn, partial RaY2
TRANSLATION: Tros had two sons, Ganymede and Laomedon. Though Ganymede was a human being, Zeus fell in love with him and seized him, and in recompense for seizing him he gave in Troy fine and very swift horses.
LEMMA: label ἱστ(ο)ρ(ία) Mn
APP. CRIT.: R read by autopsy with UV, illegible on image | 1 ὁ τρὼς … λαομέδοντα om. RaY2 | 2 ὢν] ἦν Y2, add. δὲ after ἠράσθη | 3 καὶ ἀντὶ κτλ om. Y2 | τῆς] τοῦ Ra | after ἔδωκεν add. ὁ ζεὺς Ra | καὶ ταχ. ἵππους] ἵππους καὶ ταχὺς Ra
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 γαννυ- Mn | 2 γαννυ- Mn | ἤρπασεν Ra | 3 ἀρπ‑ Mn | τροῖα Ra
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.305,12–15
Or. 1392.05 (rec exeg) ⟨Γαννυμήδεος⟩: ὁ Γαννυμήδης ἀδελφὸς τοῦ Λαομέδοντος. —PrSa
TRANSLATION: Ganymede was the brother of Laomedon.
LEMMA: thus in text PrSa POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1392.06 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Γαννυμήδεος⟩: ὁ Λαομέδων πατὴρ Γαννυμήδους. —Y2
TRANSLATION: Laomedon was the father of Ganymede.
LEMMA: thus in text Y POSITION: marg.
Or. 1392.07 (thom artGloss) ⟨Γανυμήδεος⟩: τοῦ —ZZaZlZmTVdY2G
LEMMA: γαννυ‑ in text GZlZm POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1392.08 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱπποσύνα⟩: καὶ σταῦλοι τῶν ἵππων —R
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: σταῦλαι R
COMMENT: στάβλος (LBG s.v.) and σταῦλος are the usual forms of this word.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1392.09 (thom gloss) ⟨ἱπποσύνα⟩: διφρηλασία —ZZaZbZlTGu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.305,5
Or. 1392.11 (pllgn gloss) ⟨ἱπποσύνα⟩: δρόμος(?) —Zm
POSITION: under the lemma word
COMMENT: The ambiguous final character, not raised significantly, looks more like ε than ο (for ος), but no sense can be made of δρόμε(), while δρόμος is a possible gloss on ἱπποσύνα.
Or. 1392.12 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱπποσύνα⟩: ἱππόσταθμος —Rf
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: A fairly rare Byzantine term for a horse-stall: LBG s.v.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage | rare word
Or. 1392.13 (rec gloss) ⟨ἱπποσύνα⟩: ἱπποστάσιον —FMnVdY2Gu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τῶν(?) prep. Vd, καὶ prep. F | ὑποστασία Vd
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.305,5
Or. 1392.21 (rec gloss) ⟨Διὸς εὐνέτα⟩: [το]ῦ συγκοιμ(ή)τ(ου) τοῦ Διός —M2
REF. SYMBOL: M2 POSITION: marg.
COMMENT: Above κοι M2 has what looks like μτ with an acute. There is one attestation of συγκοιμητής in TLG with different accentuation: Hesych. ε 4495 ἐπευνακτοί· οἱ συγκοιμηταί.
KEYWORDS: rare word
Or. 1392.23 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εὐνέτα⟩: γράφεται εὐνάτα. —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘euneta’) the reading ‘eunata’ is found (with the same meaning, ‘bedmate’).
POSITION: s.l.
COLLATION NOTES: The second syllable of εὐνάτα is poorly written, but the final alpha is secure.
Or. 1392.24 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐνέτα⟩: συγκοίτου —FMnRCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ τὸν prep. FCrOx
Or. 1392.27 (rec gloss) ⟨εὐνέτα⟩: τοῦ συζύγου —PrSaB3aVd
POSITION: s.l. PrB3a, marg. SaVd
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Vd | τοῦ om. B3a
Or. 1393.01 (tri metr) κατὰ περικοπὴν ἴαμβοι β´, εἶτα παράγραφος. —T
TRANSLATION: As a separate unit, two iambic trimeters, then a paragraphos.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 75
Or. 1393.06 (vet paraphr) ⟨αὔθ’ ἕκαστα⟩: τὸ κατὰ μέρος, τὸ καθ’ ἕκαστον —MC
TRANSLATION: (‘Themselves each one’ means) ‘the detailed (account), the individual detail’.
REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. M, s.l. C
APP. CRIT. 2: καθέκαστον MC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,5; Dind. II.305,18
COMMENT: See sch.1400.11 for B’s placement of the same paraphrase.
Or. 1393.07 (rec paraphr) ⟨αὔθ’ ἕκαστα⟩: ἐκεῖνα αὐτὰ κατὰ μέρος καὶ πάντα —Mn
TRANSLATION: (‘Themselves each one’ means) ‘those things themselves in detail and all (of them)’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1393.08 (thom paraphr) ⟨αὔθ᾽ ἕκαστα⟩: αὐτὰ ἕκαστα τὰ συμβάντα —ZZaZbZmTGu
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. ZbZmT | Gu reuses αὐτὰ ἕκαστα of Gr (sch. 1393.12)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.305,19
Or. 1393.09 (rec gloss) ⟨αὔθ’ ἕκαστα⟩: κατὰ μέρος —PrSaY2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν τὰ prep. Y2, καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1393.12 (mosch gloss) ⟨αὔθ᾽ ἕκαστα⟩: αὐτὰ ἕκαστα —XXaXbXoYYfGGrZc
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἕκαστα om. XZc
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.305,18
Or. 1393.13 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὔθ᾽ ἕκαστα⟩: γεγυμνωμένα —Gu
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.305,18–19
Or. 1393.15 (pllgn gloss) ⟨αὔθ᾽ ἕκαστα⟩: καὶ μεμονωμένα —Vd
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: μεμωνημένα Vd
Or. 1393.16 (rec gram) ⟨αὔθ᾽ ἕκαστα⟩: αὐθέκαστος λέγεται ὁ αὐτάρεσκος. —Rw
TRANSLATION: The self-satisfied/self-willed man is said to be ‘authekastos’.
COMMENT: For the assocation of these words, cf. Hesych. α 8252, where ms S adds αὐτάρεσκος to other glossses on ἀυθέκαστος; Constantinus Manasses, Brev. Chron. 3815–3818 καὶ πλέον ὡς αὐθέκαστος ἐξ αὐταρέσκου γνώμης· / ἦν γὰρ καὶ δοκησίσοφος καὶ πλήρης ἀπονοίας, / κἀν ταῖς βουλαῖς οὐ κοινωνόν, οὐ συνεργάτην εἶχε, / πᾶσαν πλουτεῖν οἰόμενος τὴν ἐν ἀνθρώποις γνῶσιν.
Or. 1393.17 (rec exeg) ⟨ἕκαστ’ἂν⟩: γρ. (ἕκασ)τ’ ἐν. —R2
TRANSLATION: (For ‘hekast’ an’, ‘each thing’ with modal particle) the reading is ‘hekast’ en’ (‘each thing in’) is found.
LEMMA: ἕκαστ’ἂν δόμοις in text R POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τεν R2
KEYWORDS: variant reading: γράφεται/γράφε
Or. 1394.01 (vet exeg) οὗτος ὁ στίχος ἐν πολλοῖς τῶν ἀντιγράφων οὐ γράφεται —MCPrSa
TRANSLATION: This line is not written in many of the copies.
REF. SYMBOL: MSa (see comment) POSITION: intermarg. M, marg. Sa, s.l. CPr; see Comment
APP. CRIT.: τινὲς λέγουσιν ὅτι prep. PrSa | after στίχος add. οὐ φέρεται Sa (om. οὐ γράφεται later) | ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς Sa | τῶν ἀντιγράφων] ἀντιγράφων M, ἀντιγράφοις Dind., Schw. | γράφεται] φέρεται Wecklein (in app. crit. of Prinz-Wecklein)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,6; Dind. II.305,20–21
COMMENT: Kirchhoff 1855 attributed this scholion to 1394 [his 1386] and printed the line in smaller type (indicating spuriousness), and Schwartz followed his lead. The evidence of the manuscripts is a little confused. In M the reference symbol at the text must be the one below the τὰ in 1394, that is, above αἴλινον in 1395, even though it differs slightly in appearance from the symbol accompanying the note. M starts the first word of the scholion to the right of 1394. In CPr the note is written above 1395. In Sa the reference symbol is at 1396 βάρβαροι. Before Kirchhoff, Dindorf had edited from M alone and assigned the note to 1395, using as lemma αἴλινον αἴλινον. The line’s absence in some copies has since been confirmed by P.Oxy. 53.3717.
KEYWORDS: οὐ φέρεται(-ονται)/οὐχ εὑρίσκεται(-ονται)/οὐ γράφεται
Or. 1394.02 (rec paraphr) ⟨τὰ γὰρ πρὶν⟩: ἃ γὰρ εἶπας —AbMnR
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: γὰρ om. Mn
APP. CRIT. 2: εἷπας MnR, εἴπας Ab
Or. 1394.05 (mosch exeg) οὐκ εὔγνωστα: ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐκ εὐγνώστως —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
TRANSLATION: (Adjective ‘ouk eugnōsta’ is used) in place of (adverb) ‘ouk eugnōstōs’ (‘not in a way easy to understand’).
LEMMA: X POSITION: s.l. except X
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ om. G
Or. 1394.06 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ εὔγνωστα⟩: οὐκ ὄντα φανερὰ —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: οὐκόντα Mn
Or. 1394.07 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨οὐκ εὔγνωστα⟩: ἤγουν οὐκ εὐγνώστως καὶ καθαρῶς —Zurec
REF. SYMBOL: Zurec POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: εὐγνόστως Zurec
Or. 1394.08 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨εὔγνωστα⟩: καλῶς(?) εἰς γνῶσιν ὑποκείμενα —Zb2
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: The first letters are written in ambiguous cursive; they may instead be κακ, in which case the lemma should be οὐκ εὔγνωστα.
Or. 1394.17 (mosch gloss) ⟨συμβαλοῦσ’ ἔχω⟩: συνέβαλον —XXaXbXoT+YYfG
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν συνέλαβον T
Or. 1394.21 (recThom gloss) ⟨συμβαλοῦσ᾽⟩: νοήσασα —AaF2RfVdZlZmTGuYf2ZcrB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀντὶ τοῦ (app.) prep. Vd, καὶ prep. Yf2, ἤγουν prep. Zcr
TRANSLATION: The present strophe too is monostrophic (without responsion), and (it consists) of thirty-two cola. The first is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter; or if you prefer, a compound formed from a dactylic (basis) and anapaestic basis. The second is an acatalectic trochaic dimeter. The third is an iambic penthemimeres with the first foot a choreius. The fourth is an acatalectic anapaestic dimeter having a synizesis in the first foot. The fifth is an acatalectic iambic dimeter with the first foot a choreius and the fourth foot an anapaest. The sixth is a hypercatalectic trochaic trimeter. The seventh is a brachycatalectic iambic trimeter. The eighth is an acatalectic iambic trimeter having a synezesis in the fifth foot. The ninth is an anapaestic hephthemimeres. The tenth is a similar (anapaestic) acatalectic dimeter, with the fourth foot a choreius or an anapaest because of the indifferent last syllable. The eleventh is similar (an anapaestic dimeter) in its pure form. The twelfth is similar (an anapaestic dimeter). The thirteenth is a compound formed of an anapaestic basis or a dactylic (basis)—for there are two spondees—and an iambic penthemimeres. The fourteenth is an iambic basis or monometer. The fifteeenth is is a brachycatalectic trochaic trimeter. The sixteenth is a similar (trochaic) hypercatalectic dimeter. The seventeenth is an acatalectic iambic dimeter. The eighteenth is a similar (iambic) catalectic dimeter, or hephthemimeres. The nineteenth is a similar (iambic) catalectic trimeter with the fourth foot a choreius, for it is an iambic trimeter short by one syllable. The twentieth is similar to the sixteenth. The twenty-first is an acatalectic iambic dimeter formed from three chorei and an iamb. The twenty-second is a similar (iambic dimeter) formed from two chorei, an anapaest, and an iamb or pyrrichius because of the indifferent last syllable. The twenty-third is similar (iambic dimeter) formed from four chorei. The twenty-fourth is a dactylic dimeter; or if you prefer, a one-and-a-half measure choriambic formed from a choriamb and two indifferent syllables. The twenty-fifth is similar to the eighteenth. The twenty-sixth is a pure hypercatalectic antispastic monometer. The twenty-seventh, twenty-eighth, twenty-ninth, thirtieth, thirty-first, and thirty-second are completely alike, and they are one-an-a-half measure ionics formed from a trochaic syzygy, or second epitrite, in place of an ionic a minore, and an iamb—except that the twenty-seventh colon has in place of an iamb a pyrrichius because of the indifferent final syllable, and the thirty-first has a choreius (in that position). At the end a paragraphos, and as an insertion (within the lyric) an iambic trimeter line.
LEMMA: ἡμέτερον in marg. T POSITION: starts 92r, cont. over next two pages, with ref. symbols linking the parts
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.22,8–23,5; de Fav. 75–76
COMMENT: It is unclear why Triclinius analyzed colon 27 as having a pyrrichius rather than an iambus, which he accepted in analyzing the similar sequence in colon 26.
KEYWORDS: συνίζησις
Or. 1395.02 (1395–1424) (tri metr) στροφὴ ἑτέρα κώλων λβ´ —T
TRANSLATION: Another strophe, of thirty-two cola.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 76
Or. 1395.03 (1395–1399) (thom exeg) ⟨αἴλινον αἴλινον … σιδαρέοισιν ᾍδα⟩: 1τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ θανάτου, ὅταν χυθῇ κατὰ τὴν γῆν τοῦ Ἅιδου ἐν ξίφεσι σιδαρέοισιν αἷμα βασιλέων, λέγουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι αἴλινον αἴλινον ἐν Ἀσιάδι φωνῇ. 2τὸ δὲ Ἅιδου ἢ πρὸς τὸ γῆν σύναπτε, ὡς ἔφαμεν, ἢ πρὸς τὸ ξίφεσι· 3τὰ γὰρ θάνατον ἐργαζόμενα ξίφη Ἅιδου ξίφη φαμέν. —ZZaZmTGu
TRANSLATION: The beginning of death, when the blood of kings is poured upon the ground of Hades with iron swords, the foreigners call ‘ailinon ailinon’ in their Asiatic tongue. And attach ‘of Hades’ either to ‘ground’, as we said, or to ‘swords’, for we say that swords bringing about death are swords of Hades.
REF. SYMBOL: at ἀρχὰν ZZaZm POSITION: follows sch. 1381.04 Z; cont. from sch. 1395.12 T
APP. CRIT.: 1 τὸ δὲ πᾶν οὕτω· prep. T | ἀρχὴν ZZa | second τοῦ om. Za | σιδηρέοις TGu | 3 ἐργαζόμενον Za
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ξίφεσιν Z
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,4–6 and 13–14
COMMENT: The alternative construal of ‘of Hades’ is taken from the old scholion 1399.01.
Or. 1395.04 (1395–1398) (vet exeg) αἴλινον ἀρχὰν: 1ὁ λόγος· εἰώθασιν οἱ βάρβαροι τὸν αἴλινον ἐν ἀρχῇ θρήνου λέγειν οἰκείως τῇ ἑαυτῶν βαρβάρῳ φωνῇ, ὅτε τις βασιλέων ἀνῃρημένος τύχῃ. 2κἀγὼ οὖν ἀπολομένην τὴν Ἑλένην στενάζω. —MBCRf, partial PrSa
TRANSLATION: The sense (runs): The foreigners are accustomed to say ‘ailinon ailinon’ at the beginning of a song of mourning, in a way native to their own foreign tongue, when any of their kings has been killed. I too, therefore, lament for Helen destroyed.
LEMMA: B, βάρβαροι λέγουσιν αἲ αἲ Rf REF. SYMBOL: B POSITION: cont. from sch. 1397.03 MC, add. δὲ
APP. CRIT.: 1 ὁ λόγος] ὁ λόγος οὕτως B, om. PrRfSa | τὸν αἴλινον … θρήνου transp. before εἰώθασιν Sa | οἰκείου PrSa | βαρβάρων PrSa | τῶν add. before βασ. PrSa | ἀνηρμένος PrSa | 2 κἀγὼ κτλ om. PrSa | ἀπολουμένην B (as rewritten by a later hand over faded/damaged original) | στενάζου M acc. to Schw., but faint traces on the original look more like ζω
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 ὅτέ τις RfSa | τίς C |
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223.9–11; Dind. II.305,21–306,1
COMMENT: This scholion was the basis for Hartung’s emending θανάτου to θρήνου. Other notes deal with (or avoid dealing with) the ἀρχὰν θανάτου of the manuscripts.
Or. 1395.05 (1395–1398) (pllgn wdord) word order α (λέγουσιν), β (βάρβαροι), γ (φωνᾷ), δ (ἀσιάδι), ε (θανάτου [= ἀρχὰν θάνατου]), ϛ (ὅταν), ζ (χυθῆ), η (αἷμα), θ (κατὰ γᾶν), ι (βασιλέων), ια (ξίφεσι), ιβ (αἴλινον), ιγ (αἶ αἶ) —Y2
Or. 1395.06 (1395–1397) (rec exeg) ⟨αἴλινον αἴλινον … φωνᾷ⟩: ὅπερ οἱ Ἕλληνες λέγουσι αἴλινον αἴλινον, ἡμεῖς οἱ βαρβαροι λέγομεν αἲ αἲ. —Ra
TRANSLATION: That which the Greeks express as ‘ailinon ailinon’ we foreigners express as ‘ai ai’.
Or. 1395.07 (1395–1397) (vet exeg) ἄλλως: 1τὸν Λίνον κοινῶς ἐτίθεσαν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕμνου καὶ τοῦ θρήνου, 2νῦν μέντοι ἐκπηδήσας ὁ Φρύξ, ὅταν λέγῃ ‘αἴλινον ἀρχὰν θανάτου βάρβαροι λέγουσιν’, ἐπὶ συμφορᾶς αὐτὸν καὶ θρήνου τάττει. —MBC
TRANSLATION: They used to apply the (term) Linus(-song) in common to the hymn and to the song of mourning; now, however, having leapt outdoors, the Phrygian, when he says ‘the foreigners say “ailonon” as the beginning of a death’, applies it to misfortune and mourning-song.
APP. CRIT.: 2 μέντοι] μὲν τοῦδ’ MC | ἐκπηδ. … λέγουσιν om. B | ἐκπηδεῖ M | ὁ om. C | βάρβαρον M | συμφορᾶς … θρήνου] Schw., συμφοραῖς … θρήνοις all | αὐτὸ MC
APP. CRIT. 2: 1 λῖνον BC
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,12–14; Dind. II.306,1–2
Or. 1395.08 (1395–1396) (thom exeg) ⟨αἴλινον αἴλινον … λέφουσιν⟩: ἐπειδὴ περὶ τοῦ τῆς Ἑλένης θανάτου μέλλει εἰπεῖν, τοῦτό φησι. —ZZaZbZlZmTGu
TRANSLATION: Since he is about to speak of the death of Helen, he says this (‘ailinon ailinon’).
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τοῦ om. Zb | τούτου φησί ZZaZm(φησίν)Gu
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,7–8
Or. 1395.10 (recThom gloss) ⟨(first) αἴλινον⟩: θρῆνον —AbF2VdZZaZbZlZmTGuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1395.12 (1395–1398) (thom exeg) ⟨ἀρχὰν … κατὰ γᾶν⟩: τὸ ‘ἀρχὰν θανάτου’ καὶ τὸ ‘ὅταν αἷμα βασιλέων χυθῇ κατὰ γᾶν’ ταυτόν ἐστι. —ZZaZmTGu2
TRANSLATION: The phrases ‘beginning of death’ and ‘when the blood of kings is poured upon the ground’ have the same meaning.
POSITION: intermarg. Zm, marg. Gu2; cont. from sch. 1395.03 Za, add. δὲ; prep. to sch. 1395.03 T
APP. CRIT.: ἀρχὴν ZZa | χυθῇ βασιλέων transp. ZZa
APP. CRIT. 2: ἐστιν ZZa, ἐστίν Gu2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,3–4
KEYWORDS: ταυτόν (ἐστι/δύναται)/ταυτοδύναμα
Or. 1395.13 (rec exeg) ⟨ἀρχάν θανάτου⟩: εἰς τὴν δήλωσιν —AbMn
TRANSLATION: (‘Beginning of death’, that is,) ‘for the revealing (of a death)’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1395.15 (recMosch gloss) ⟨ἀρχάν⟩: κατὰ —AaPrSaXXaXbXoT+YYfGGrB3a
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τὴν add. PrSaY2GuB3a
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,7
Or. 1395.19 (thom gloss) ⟨θανάτου⟩: βασιλικοῦ —ZZmT+
POSITION: marg. Z, s.l. ZmT
COMMENT: The cross in T appears to be a mistake.
Or. 1396.01 (rec exeg) ⟨βάρβαροι λέγουσιν⟩: ἡμεῖς λέγομεν ὅπερ οἱ Ἕλληνες —R
TRANSLATION: We foreigners say (‘ai ai’) for that which the Greeks (express as ‘ailinon ailinon’).
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1395.06, 1396.05.
Or. 1396.04 (mosch exeg) ⟨αἶ αἶ⟩: διὰ μέσου —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGrOx2
TRANSLATION: (The exclamation ‘ai ai’ is) parenthetic.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT. 2: διαμέσου XbTGr
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,9
KEYWORDS: διὰ μέσου
Or. 1396.05 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αἶ αἶ⟩: ἐπίφθεγμα βαρβαρικὸν θρήνου τὸ αἶ αἶ. —Zl
TRANSLATION: ‘Ai ai’ is a foreign exclamation of mourning.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1397.01 (tri exeg) ⟨Ἀσιάδι φωνᾷ⟩: ἤγουν βαρβάρων φωνῇ ἐν Ἀσίᾳ οἰκούντων —T
TRANSLATION: (‘Asiatic tongue’,) that is, in the tongue of foreigners dwelling in Asia.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1397.03 (vet exeg) ⟨Ἀσιάδι⟩: 1ἀντὶ τοῦ βαρβάρῳ· 2ἡ γὰρ Ἀσία τῶν βαρβάρων χώρα, ἡ δὲ Εὐρώπη τῶν Ἑλλήνων. —MBCPrSaGu2
TRANSLATION: (‘Asiadi’, ‘Asiatic’, is ) used for ‘barbarōi’ (‘foreign’). For Asia is the land of the foreigners, while Europe is that of the Greeks.
LEMMA: 1396 βάρβαροι λέγουσιν MC (Ἀσιάδι φωνῆ Arsen.) REF. SYMBOL: at 1396 M POSITION: intermarg. B (beginning beside 1396, s.l. at 1397 PrSaGu2
APP. CRIT.: M faint (third line from bottom, fol. 69r), but confirmed by autopsy | 1 ἀντὶ τοῦ βαρβ. om. PrSaGu2 | τοῦ om. C (ἀντιβαρβ.) | βαρβάρῳ] Arsen., βαρβάρως MBC | 2 γὰρ om. Gu2 | τῶν βαρβ. χώρα] Pr(χώρ())Sa (conj. King), τῶν βαρβ. χώρας M, τῆς βαρβ. χώρας BCGu2 (Arsen.)
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,7–8; Dind. II.306,10–11
COMMENT: Nominative adjectives that have predicative force are routinely explained as equivalent to adverbs (e.g. sch. 254.06 ταχὺς: ταχέως), but that analysis is inapposite with βάρβαροι λέγουσιν, as Arsenius saw. Thus he changed the lemma and emended to βαρβάρῳ. In this instance Arsenius’s reading is not anticipated in MuPh (Me lacks this scholion): Ph has the lemma βάρβαροι λέγουσιν, and Mu adds this note above 1396.
Or. 1397.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀσιάδι⟩: ἐν ἀνατολικῇ· ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ἀσίᾳ ἡ Τροία. —Zm
TRANSLATION: In an eastern (tongue), for Troy is in Asia.
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀνατολικῇ] cf. next, αἰολικῆ Zm
Or. 1397.05 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀσιάδι⟩: ἀνατολικῇ —Aa2Zb2Y2CrOx
POSITION: s.l.; cont. from next with ἢ CrOx
APP. CRIT.: ἀνατολῆ Aa2
APP. CRIT. 2: ἀνατολικὴ Ox, ‑κ(ην) or ‑κὴ Cr
Or. 1397.06 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἀσιάδι⟩: Τρωϊκῇ —RRfGCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: καὶ prep. Cr, καὶ τῆ prep. Ox
APP. CRIT. 2: τρωϊκὴ R, app. Rf
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,11
Or. 1397.09 (rec gloss) ⟨φωνᾷ⟩: τοῦ θανάτου —Mn
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: Mn (probably when adding the glosses) has added a comma between ἀρχαν and θανάτου, and this gloss reinforces the point that θανάτου is to be taken when φωνᾷ rather than with ἀρχὰν, odd as such a construal may be.
Or. 1397.11 (tri metr) ⟨(βασιλ)έων⟩: συνίζησις —T
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: de Fav. 76
KEYWORDS: συνίζησις
Or. 1398.01 (1398–1399) (pllgnTri paraphr) ⟨ὅταν αἷμα … ξίφεσι⟩: ἤγουν ὅταν βασιλεὺς διὰ ξίφους ἀναιρεθῇ —GT
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἀναιρεθῆ βασιλεὺς (om. διὰ ξίφ.) transp. G
APP. CRIT. 2: ὅτ’ἂν G
Or. 1398.02 (pllgn paraphr) ⟨ὅταν αἷμα χυθῇ κατὰ γᾶν⟩: ἤγουν ὅταν οἱ βασιλεῖς φονευθῶσι —Zl
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1399.01 (vet exeg) ⟨ξίφεσι … Ἅιδα⟩: ξίφη Ἅιδου φησὶ τὰ θάνατον ἐργαζόμενα. —MBCGu, partial Y2
TRANSLATION: By ‘swords of Hades’ he means those bringing about death.
LEMMA: in text ἀΐδα MBC, κατ’ ἀΐδου GrY REF. SYMBOL: M POSITION: intermarg. MBC, s.l. GuY2
APP. CRIT.: ξίφη … φησὶ] ἤγουν Y2
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Schw. I.223,15; Dind. II.306, app. at 14
Or. 1399.02 (vet exeg) ⟨ξίφεσι … Ἅιδα⟩: ξίφη Ἅιδου τὰ μόρον ἐργαζόμενα. —H
TRANSLATION: By ‘swords of Hades’ (he means) those bringing about doom.
LEMMA: ἀΐδα in text H POSITION: marg.
Or. 1399.03 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ξίφεσι σιδαρέοισιν⟩: ἀδολεσχία τὸ σιδαρέοις ξίφεσι. —Lb
TRANSLATION: The phrase ‘swords of iron’ (is an example of) excess verbiage.
POSITION: s.l.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,15
COMMENT: The meaning is presumably that the epithet is unnecessary rather than that the whole phrase is dispensable.
KEYWORDS: ἀδολεσχία
Or. 1399.06 (mosch gloss) ⟨σιδαρέοισιν⟩: σιδηροῖς —XXaXbXoT+YYfGGr
LEMMA: σιδαρέοις in text T POSITION: s.l. except X
Or. 1399.08 (mosch etaGloss) ⟨σιδαρέοισιν⟩: σιδηρέοισιν —XXbYfTGrZm
LEMMA: σιδαρέοις in text T POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1399.09 (1399–1400) (rec paraphr) ⟨Ἀΐδα … εἰς δόμους⟩: εἰς τὰ οἰκήματα τοῦ ᾍδου —Ab
POSITION: s.l.
COMMENT: In its text Ab punctuates after ἀΐδα, but this paraphrase reflects a different segmentation of the phrase.
Or. 1399.10 (pllgn gloss) ⟨Ἀΐδᾳ⟩: ἐν τῷ —FZl
LEMMA: ἀΐδα in text FZl POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῷ om. F
Or. 1399.11 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἀΐδᾳ⟩: τῷ ᾍδῃ —AbG
LEMMA: ἀΐδα G, a.c. Ab POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: τῷ om. Ab
Or. 1399.13 (rec gloss) ⟨Ἀΐδα⟩: τοῦ ᾍδου —RZuCrOx
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἤγουν prep. Zu, καὶ prep. CrOx
Or. 1399.17 (pllgn exeg) ⟨Ἀΐδου⟩: Ἀΐδα —Y2
TRANSLATION: (For ‘Aïdou’ there is a variant reading) ‘Aïdā’ (both ‘of Hades’).
LEMMA: κατ’ ἀΐδου in text Y POSITION: marg.
Or. 1400.01 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἦλθον εἰς δόμους⟩: ἐντεῦθεν ἄρχεται διηγεῖσθαι. —Lb
TRANSLATION: From this point he begins to narrate the account.
POSITION: marg.
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: Dind. II.306,16
COMMENT: Cf. sch. 1457.01.
Or. 1400.02 (rec gloss) ⟨ἦλθον εἰς δόμους⟩: ὁ Ὀρέστης καὶ ὁ Πυλάδης —AbMnR
POSITION: s.l.
APP. CRIT.: ἐκεῖσε prep. Ab | first ὁ] ἤγουν Mn, om. Ab | second ὁ om. Ab
APP. CRIT. 2: ὁρέστης Ab
Or. 1400.03 (rec exeg) ⟨ἦλθον⟩: ἤλθοσαν —AaMnPrSa
TRANSLATION: (‘Ēlthon’ is third plural, not first singular,) ‘they came’.
POSITION: s.l.
KEYWORDS: Byzantine or vernacular word/form/usage
Or. 1400.04 (pllgn exeg) ⟨ἦλθον⟩: τρίτου —B3a
TRANSLATION: (The verb is) third person (not first).
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1400.09 (pllgn exeg) ⟨εἰς⟩: ἐς —Aa
TRANSLATION: (For ‘eis’, ‘into’, there is a variant reading, the alternative spelling) ‘es’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1400.11 (vet paraphr) ⟨αὔθ’ ἕκαστα⟩: τὸ κατὰ μέρος, τὸ καθ’ ἕκαστον —B
TRANSLATION: (‘Themselves each one’ means) ‘the detailed (account), the individual detail’.
POSITION: intermarg. beside 1400, after sch. 1399.01
APP. CRIT. 2: καταμέρος B | καθἕκαστον B
PREVIOUS EDITIONS: cf. Schw. I.223,5; Dind. II.305,18 (sch. 1393.06)
COMMENT: See sch.1393.06 for the placement of the same paraphrase in MC.
Or. 1400.12 (pllgn exeg) ⟨αὔθ’ ἕκαστα⟩: αὐθέκαστα αὐτὰ ἕκαστα, ἁπλᾶ καὶ κατὰ μέρος σοι —Y2
TRANSLATION: ‘Authekasta’ (is) ‘auta hekasta’ (‘the individual things themselves’), ‘simple and in detail for you’.
POSITION: s.l.
Or. 1400.13 (rec gloss) ⟨αὔθ’ ἕκαστα⟩: καὶ κατὰ μέρος —AaF2PrSaVd
LEMMA: in text αὖθ’ ἕκαστά PrSaVd, αὐθέκαστά AaF POSITION: s.l.
